JP6620599B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine including a variable display unit that displays a plurality of pictures in a variable manner is known (see, for example, Patent Document 1). The gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the operation port, and starts displaying a variation of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins a big win lottery, the game machine finally stops and displays a specific combination of pictures on the display device and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine performs reach display as an expected effect that causes the player to expect that the game state is shifted to the specific control state after starting the display of the variation of the pattern. This reach display has, for example, a plurality of stories that are continuous in time series, and performs an effect of fast-forwarding a part of these stories, thereby increasing the player's expectation.

Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2005-074175

  However, such fast-forwarding of a part of a story is fast and the content of the story is difficult to understand, so it is difficult for the player to judge the size of the expectation, and thus to the player's game There is a problem that the degree of attention may also decrease.

  An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can improve a player's attention to the game.

  The gaming machine of the present invention has a fluctuation display means for variably displaying a plurality of pictures, and an expectation that makes the player expect the game state to shift to a specific control state advantageous to the player by the fluctuation display means. A gaming machine including an expected performance executing means for executing reach display as an effect, wherein the reach display includes a plurality of stories that are continuous in time series, and the expected performance executing means is one of a plurality of stories. A story selection section that selects a story as a subsequent story, a previous story selection section that selects the previous story in chronological order before the later story, and a fast-forward progression through the previous story, and then connected to the later story And a fast-forward effect execution unit that executes a fast-forward effect that advances at a normal speed, and which story among multiple stories Characterized in that it comprises a story type notifying unit for notifying the player of the dolphin.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to improve a player's attention to the game.

The front view of the pachinko machine concerning a 1st embodiment of the present invention. Front view of game board Enlarged view of the vicinity of the right-hand variable pitching mechanism The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device Block diagram showing electrical configuration of pachinko machine The figure which shows the contents of each counter used for internal lottery The figure which shows the electric role winning / failing table which memorizes the value of the random number which is elected to the small hit occurrence The figure which shows the success / failure table which memorize | stored the value of the random number which is won by winning The figure which shows the distribution table which memorize | stored the value of the random number which concerns on the sort type of hit The figure which shows the flowchart of timer interruption processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the winning process for through The figure which shows the flowchart of the winning process for a working opening The figure which shows the flowchart of normal processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the main processing The figure which shows the flowchart of game times control processing The figure which shows the flowchart of data setting processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the fluctuation start processing The figure which shows the flowchart of a game state transfer process The figure which shows the flowchart of the big prize opening and closing processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the big prize mouth opening process The figure which shows the flowchart of the transfer process at the time of completion | finish of opening-and-closing execution mode The figure which shows the flowchart of variable entry execution processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the processing for electronic role support The figure which shows the flowchart of an electric role change start process The figure which shows the flowchart of an electrically-driven accessory release process Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the sound emission control device and the display control device The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interruption process performed with an audio | voice light emission control apparatus. The figure which shows the flowchart of an effect determination process The figure which shows the flowchart of the determination process of a blade member release notification effect. The figure which shows opening | closing and closing of a blade member, and the timing which generate | occur | produces a blade member opening notification effect The figure which shows the relationship between game result and game state etc. The figure which shows the effect for the game turn when the game ball wins to the lower operation opening with the winning to the central through gate as a trigger in the low frequency support mode Enlarged view showing the periphery of the right-hand variable pitching mechanism The figure which shows the effect for game times when the game ball wins to the lower operation opening with the winning to the right through gate in the low frequency support mode as a trigger Enlarged view showing the periphery of the right-hand variable pitching mechanism Front view of game board according to a second embodiment of the present invention The figure which shows the flowchart of an electric role change start process The figure which shows the flowchart of the process for electric power support which concerns on the modification of 2nd Embodiment of this invention. The figure which shows the flowchart of the determination process of the production pattern which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing super reach when low expectation story is selected The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device when the story of medium expectation is selected The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device when the high expectation story is selected The figure which shows the flowchart of an effect execution process Diagram showing the relationship between duration of super reach A diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expected story to a medium-expected story Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a medium-expected story to a high-expected story Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expected story to a high-expected story The figure which shows the flowchart of the determination process of the production pattern which concerns on 4th Embodiment of this invention. The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device when it is replaced with the story of the highest expectation Diagram showing the relationship between duration of super reach A diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expected story to a high-expected story Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from the highest expectation story to the high expectation story Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expected story to a high-expected story The figure which shows the relationship of the duration of the super reach which concerns on 5th Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expected story to a medium-expected story Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a medium-expected story to a high-expected story Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expected story to a high-expected story

[First Embodiment]
DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko gaming machine that is a kind of gaming machine. As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main body that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 11 forward (front side). 12.

  The gaming machine main body 12 is disposed in front of the inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right side portions being the support side, and both the left and right sides. The front door frame 13 is supported by the inner frame so that it can be rotated forward with one of the support sides as a support side, and the rear side with one of the left and right sides as the support side. And a back pack unit (not shown) supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable.

  Note that the gaming machine main body 12 includes a locking device (not shown) provided at the rotating tip. This locking device has a function of setting the gaming machine body 12 to a locked state that cannot be opened with respect to the outer frame 11, and a function of setting the front door frame 13 to a locked state that cannot be opened with respect to the inner frame. Have. These locked states are released by performing an unlocking operation on the cylinder lock 14 provided exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlocking key.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window portion 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted in the window portion 21. In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is made colorless and transparent with glass, but may be made colorless and transparent with synthetic resin or the like.
The front door frame 13 includes a display lamp portion 23 provided above the window portion 21 as a part of the light emitting means constituted by various lamp portions and the like provided around the window portion 21, and a display lamp portion. 23, a speaker unit 24 that outputs a sound effect according to the game situation, and an upper bulging unit 25 and a lower bulging unit 26 provided below the window unit 21. Yes.

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are arranged side by side in the vertical direction, and are both provided to bulge forward.
The upper bulging portion 25 includes an upper plate 25a provided on the inner side so as to open upward, and a push button 25b that receives an input of information when operated by a player. The upper plate 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 5) provided in the back pack unit, and arranges them in a line to the game ball launching mechanism 81 (see FIG. 5) side. Has a function to guide. The push button 25b functions as an operation means for executing an expected effect that causes the player to expect that the game state is shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player when operated by the player.
The lower bulging portion 26 has a lower plate 26a provided on the inner side so as to open upward. The lower tray 26a has a function of storing game balls that have become surplus in the upper tray 25a.

  Further, the front door frame 13 includes a firing handle 27 as a firing means provided on the right side of the lower plate 26a. The launch handle 27 is operated by a player of the pachinko machine 10 to launch a game ball from a game ball launch mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward a game area provided above the inner frame. To do. The launch handle 27 changes the launch intensity of the game ball that is launched toward the game area, that is, the launch momentum, by changing the amount of rotation operation.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 31 has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to the surface thereof, and is mounted on the inner frame. The game area described above is formed in the game board 31 so as to be partitioned by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33. This gaming area can be visually recognized from the front through the window portion 21.
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 constitute a guide ball 34 for a game ball to the game area. The played game ball is guided to the upper part of the game area.

  The guide rail 34 is formed so that the exit portion thereof is disposed on one side of the gaming area and faces the upper center of the gaming area. For this reason, the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area is increased from the side of the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side as the amount of rotation of the launch handle 27 by the player increases. Shift to the side. In the present embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the game area.

  The game board 31 has a plurality of large and small openings formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. In addition, the game board 31 includes a general winning port 35, an upper operating port (first starting pitching portion) 36, a lower operating port (second starting pitching portion) 37, a variable winning device 38 provided in each opening, And an outlet 39. Further, the game board 31 includes a right variable pitching mechanism 40 provided above the variable winning device 38, two through gates 41 provided above the upper operating port 36 and the right side of the central portion, and an upper right side. It has a main display device 42 provided, a variable display unit 43 provided at the center, and the like. Further, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 and various members (acts) such as a windmill in the game area so as to disperse or adjust the falling direction of the game balls as appropriate. ing.

  Each of the general winning port 35, the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, and the various winning ports of the variable winning device 38 includes detection sensors 50a to 50d (see FIG. 5) for detecting the entering of game balls. The detection sensors 50 a to 50 d are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the general winning opening 35 includes a detection sensor 50a, the upper operation opening 36 includes a detection sensor 50b, the lower operation opening 37 includes a detection sensor 50c, and the variable winning apparatus 38 includes a detection sensor 50d. It has. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50d. The detection sensors 50a to 50d may be any sensors as long as they can individually detect a winning game ball. For example, an electromagnetic induction proximity sensor may be employed.

  Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 pays out 10 prize balls when a ball enters the general prize opening 35. The pachinko machine 10 pays out three prize balls when a ball enters the upper working port 36 and when a ball enters the lower working port 37. The pachinko machine 10 pays out 15 award balls when a winning ball enters the variable winning device 38. Note that the number of these prize balls is arbitrary. For example, the number of prize balls in each of the operation ports 36 and 37 may be different.

  The out port 39 is provided at the lowermost part of the game area of the game board 31. The game balls that have not entered the various winning openings etc. are discharged from the game area through this out opening 39. In addition, the out port 39 includes a detection sensor 50e (see FIG. 5) that detects the entry of a game ball, and the detection sensor 50e is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not perform the payout of the winning ball when the ball enters the out port 39, unlike when the ball enters the various winning ports.

The through gate 41 includes a central through gate 411 provided above the upper operation port 36 and a right through gate 412 provided on the right side of the central portion. When a game ball enters, an internal lottery Execute.
The central through gate 411 includes a detection sensor 50f (see FIG. 5) that detects the entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 50f is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out the prize balls when the entrance to the central through gate 411 occurs, unlike the case where the entrance into various winning openings occurs.
The right through gate 412 includes a detection sensor 50g (see FIG. 5) that detects the entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 50g is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not perform the payout of the winning ball when the ball enters the right through gate 412 unlike the case where the ball enters the various winning openings.
Therefore, the through gate 41 functions as a plurality of entrance means provided in the game area for entering the game ball.

  Here, the term “entering ball” means that a game ball passes through a predetermined opening, and is not only a mode in which the game ball is discharged from the game area after passing through the opening, but is also discharged from the game area after passing through the opening. It also includes a mode in which the game area continues to flow down. However, in the following description, in order to clearly distinguish the game ball from entering the out port 39, the game ball entering the various game ports is also expressed as a win. In addition, entering the through gate 41 means that the game area continues to flow down without being discharged from the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. The entry to the through gate 41 is also expressed as a win, as is the case of entering the various winning openings.

  The upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 are unitized as an operating port device and installed in the game board 31. Each of the operation ports 36 and 37 opens upward so that a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, and the upper operation port 36 is disposed upward and the lower operation port 37 is disposed downward. Are arranged side by side in the vertical direction. The lower working port 37 has an electric accessory 37a as a guide piece (support piece) constituted by a pair of left and right movable pieces.

  The electric combination 37a is connected to an electric combination driving unit 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. The electric accessory 37a is set to either a closed state (non-support state or non-guide state) or an open state (support state or guide state) by being driven by the electric agent drive unit 37b. The closed state is a state in which the lower working port 37 is closed by bringing the upper end of the electric accessory 37a closer in the left-right direction. The open state is a state in which the lower working port 37 is opened by separating the upper end of the electric accessory 37a in the left-right direction.

  Here, when the electric accessory 37a is set in a closed state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface portion of the upper working port 36 is narrower than that of one game ball. Further, when the electric accessory 37a is set in the open state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface of the upper working port 36 is wider than that of one game ball. Therefore, the game ball cannot win the lower working port 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, and can win the lower working port 37 when the opened game is set. it can.

  In addition, the electric accessory 37a has a state in which it is difficult for a game ball to win a prize in the lower operating port 37 (a state in which a game ball can enter unlike the closed state) instead of the closed state and the open state described above, It is good also as a structure which switches the state in which a game ball is easy to win a prize to the action port 37. Further, the lower working port 37 may be configured not to perform such switching by setting of the electric accessory 37a but to be performed by displacement of the lower working port 37. 37 does not need to include the electric accessory 37a.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a that opens upward so that a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, an open / close door 38b for opening / closing the large winning opening 38a, and the open / close door 38b. And a variable winning drive unit 38c.
Note that the player maximizes the amount of rotation of the launch handle 27, and changes the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side of the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side. By shifting to the side, the game ball can be guided to the variable winning device 38 and the right variable pitching mechanism 40 while avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like.

In addition, the player sets the amount of rotation of the launch handle 27 to a medium level, and moves the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the center of the game area. By shifting, the game ball can be guided to the central through gate 411.
Therefore, the center through gate 411 functions as a first entry means for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball launched by the launch handle 27 toward the center (first path) of the game area. To do.

Further, the player maximizes the amount of rotation of the launch handle 27 and changes the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the side opposite to the side. By shifting to the side, the game ball can be guided to the right through gate 412.
Therefore, the right through gate 412 functions as a second entry means for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball launched by the launch handle 27 toward the right side (second path) of the game area. To do.

Here, the game board 31 includes a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. The cover 381 is provided with a transparent panel 381a that is transparent (or translucent) so that the variable winning device 38 can be viewed from the front side, and is provided around the transparent panel 381a and is opaque. A panel 381b.
Therefore, the player can visually recognize the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent panel 381a and the window portion 21.

  The special winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. As described above, the special winning opening 38a includes the detection sensor 50d that detects the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The open / close door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to close the opening of the special winning opening 38a. The open / close door 38b moves forward toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31, thereby closing the opening of the special winning opening 38a and retreating toward the inside of the game board 31. By burying in 31, it has an open state in which the opening of the special winning opening 38 a is opened.
The variable winning drive unit 38c drives the open / close door 38b to set the open / close door 38b to either the open state or the closed state.

Specifically, the open / close door 38b is normally set in a closed state in which a game ball cannot be won. Then, when the internal lottery wins the transition to the opening / closing execution mode and the transition to the opening / closing execution mode is made, the opening / closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can be won.
The opening / closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening / closing door 38b is set in an open state and a game ball can be inserted into the special winning opening 38a. In addition, in the opening / closing execution mode, the period from when the opening / closing door 38b is set to the open state to when it is set to the closed state again is referred to as one round game.

FIG. 3 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the right variable pitching mechanism.
As shown in FIG. 3, the right variable pitching mechanism 40 is configured to guide a game ball flowing down the game area into the right variable pitching mechanism 40, and the right variable pitching mechanism 40 by the guiding unit 401. A guide path 402 for guiding the game ball guided to the entrance of the game, a switching unit 403 for switching the destination of the game ball guided in the guide path 402, and a right entrance 404 provided at the guide destination of the guide path 402 And a left entrance 405.

  The guiding portion 401 includes a blade member 401a provided on the game board 31 so as to close an inlet formed on the right side of the right variable pitching mechanism 40, and a blade member centering on an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31. A pin 401b that rotatably supports 401a and a blade member driving unit 401c that drives the blade member 401a are provided.

The blade member 401a rotates counterclockwise around the pin 401b, thereby closing the inlet of the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 (indicated by a one-dot chain line in the figure), and rotating clockwise around the pin 401b. By moving, it has an open state (solid line in the figure) in which the entrance of the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 is opened. The blade member 401a is inclined so as to descend toward the entrance side of the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 in the open state.
The blade member drive unit 401c drives the blade member 401a to set the blade member 401a to either the closed state or the open state.

Accordingly, when the blade member 401a is set to the open state by the blade member driving unit 401c, the game ball enters the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 through the blade member 401a using the inclination of the blade member 401a. (Solid line in the figure).
On the other hand, when the blade member 401a is set to the open state by the blade member driving unit 401c, the game ball does not enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 (the chain line in the figure).

  The guide passage 402 is formed in such a width that a plurality of game balls cannot pass through the passage at the same time. The guide passage 402 is bifurcated in the middle, and has an upstream guide passage 402a located on the upstream side of this branch, and two downstream guide passages 402b and 402c located on the downstream side. .

  The upstream guide passage 402 a guides the game ball guided to the entrance of the right variable entrance mechanism 40 by the guide portion 401 from the entrance of the right variable entrance mechanism 40 to the branch position of the guide passage 402. The upstream guide passage 402 a is inclined so as to descend from the entrance of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 40 toward the branch position of the guide passage 402. Therefore, the game ball reaches the branch position of the guide passage 402 along the upstream guide passage 402a using the inclination of the upstream guide passage 402a.

The downstream guide passage 402 b is provided at a position close to the branch position of the guide passage 402. Further, the downstream guide passage 402 b is formed along the vertical direction so that the game ball falls from the branch position of the guide passage 402. The downstream guide passage 402 b guides the game ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 402 through the upstream guide passage 402 a to the right entrance 404.
The downstream guide passage 402 c is provided at a position far from the branch position of the guide passage 402. The downstream guide passage 402c is formed along the vertical direction so that the game ball falls from the branch position of the guide passage 402. The downstream guide passage 402c guides the game ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 402 through the upstream guide passage 402a to the left entrance 405.

  The switching unit 403 supports the plate 403a so as to be rotatable about a plate 403a provided in the game board 31 so as to close the inlet of the downstream guide passage 402b and an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31. The pin 403b and the plate drive part 403c which drives the plate 403a are provided.

The plate 403a rotates clockwise around the pin 403b, thereby closing the inlet of the downstream guide passage 402b (two-dot chain line in the figure) and counterclockwise around the pin 403b. As a result, the inlet of the downstream guide passage 402c is closed and the inlet of the downstream guide passage 402b is opened (solid line in the figure). In the closed state, the plate 403a is inclined so as to descend toward the downstream side guide passage 402c.
The plate driving unit 403c drives the plate 403a to set the plate 403a to either the closed state or the open state.

Therefore, when the plate driving unit 403c sets the plate 403a to the open state, the game ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 402 is guided to the entrance of the downstream guide passage 402b and then the right entrance. The ball enters 404 (solid line in the figure).
On the other hand, when the plate 403a is set in the closed state by the plate driving unit 403c, the game ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 402 travels downstream through the plate 403a using the inclination of the plate 403a. After being guided to the entrance of the side guide passage 402c, the ball enters the left entrance 405 (two-dot chain line in the figure).

  The right entrance 404 is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. The right entrance 404 includes a detection sensor 50h that detects entry of a game ball. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not perform the payout of the winning ball when entering the right entrance 404, unlike the case where entering the various winning entrances.

  The left entrance 405 is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. The game ball that has entered the left entrance 405 merges with the game ball that has passed through the out port 39 described above, and is discharged from the game area. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not perform the payout of the winning balls when the entering into the left entrance 405 occurs, unlike the case where the entering into various winning entrances occurs.

When the entrance to the right entrance 404 occurs, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening / closing in the downstream guide passage 402b that guides the game ball to the right entrance 404. A letter “V” indicating that the mode is to be changed is displayed.
In addition, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the opening / closing execution mode when the entrance to the left entrance 405 occurs, so the downstream guide passage 402c that guides the game ball to the left entrance 405 includes: A character “x” indicating that the mode is not shifted to the opening / closing execution mode is displayed.

Here, the blade member 401a and the plate 403a are normally set in a closed state in which a game ball cannot be won. Then, in the internal lottery, when the shift to the variable pitch execution mode is won and the shift to the variable pitch execution mode is made, the blade member 401a and the plate 403a are set in an open state in which a game ball can be won.
The variable entry execution mode is a state in which the blade member 401a is set in an open state, a game ball can be entered in the right side variable entry mechanism 40, and the plate 403a is set in an open state or a closed state. A mode that allows a game ball to enter either the entrance 404 or the left entrance 405. In the variable pitching execution mode, after setting the plate 403a to the open state, the time until it is set to the closed state again (open period) is set to the closed state again after the blade member 401a is set to the open state. It is shorter than the time until opening (open period). Specifically, the opening period of the plate 403a is about 1/10 of the opening period of the blade member 401a.

As shown in FIG. 2, the main display device 42 has a main display unit 45 and an accessory display unit 46. A plurality of display devices such as these are arranged.
The main display device 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. That is, the main display device 42 is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 22. Further, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than that of one game ball. Thus, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from dropping in front of the main display device 42.

  The main display unit 45 includes a first result display unit 45 a for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the upper working port 36, and the internal performed based on the winning to the lower working port 37. And a second result display unit 45b for displaying the lottery result (see FIG. 5). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of round games in the opening / closing execution mode when the opening / closing execution mode is entered (or when the opening / closing execution mode is entered). .

The first result display unit 45a executes the display of the variation of the picture triggered by the winning at the upper working port 36, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the upper working port 36 as a result of stopping the variation display. Display the result of. When the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the shift to the opening / closing execution mode, the first result display unit 45a displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening / closing execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b executes display of variation of a picture triggered by a winning at the lower working port 37, and an internal lottery performed based on winning at the lower working port 37 as a result of stopping the variation display. Display the result of. When the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the shift to the variable pitching execution mode, the second result display unit 45b displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the variable pitching execution mode. Further, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening / closing execution mode when entering the right entrance 404 in the variable entry execution mode.

  The accessory display unit 46 displays the variation of the picture triggered by the winning of each through gate 41, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41 as a result of stopping the variation display. Display the result of. When the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the transition to the electric role open state, the accessory display unit 46 displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the electric power open state. In this electric combination open state, the electric combination 37a provided in the lower working port 37 is opened in a predetermined manner.

  In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46 are configured by segment displays. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, You may be comprised by other types of display apparatuses, such as a dot matrix. In addition, as a pattern to be variably displayed on the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variably displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of symbols are variably displayed, and a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variably displayed. Alternatively, a configuration in which a plurality of types of colors are switched and displayed can be employed.

  The variable display unit 43 includes a symbol display device 51 that performs variable display (variable display or switching display) of a symbol that is a kind of pattern. The variable display unit 43 includes a center frame 52 disposed so as to surround the symbol display device 51. The upper portion of the center frame 52 is provided so as to bulge out toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. Thereby, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from dropping in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G decreases due to the fall of the game ball. It has a configuration.

The symbol display device 51 is configured as a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display. The symbol display device 51 starts symbol variation display based on winning in the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37. That is, when the symbol display device 51 executes the variable display in the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 and the variable display in the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The symbol display device 51 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or another display device such as a CRT.

  The center frame 52 includes a first holding lamp portion 53 provided in a lower left region of the symbol display device 51 and a second holding lamp portion 54 provided in a lower right region of the symbol display device 51. Yes.

The first hold lamp unit 53 is a part that displays the number of game balls held in the upper operation port 36 and lights up according to the number of holds. The first hold lamp unit 53 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display unit 45a and the symbol display device 51.
The second holding lamp portion 54 is a part for displaying the number of reserved game balls won in the lower operation port 37 and lights up according to the number of held balls. The second hold lamp unit 54 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display unit 45 b and the symbol display device 51.

Each of the holding lamp units 53 and 54 may have other configurations such as being displayed as an image on a part of the symbol display device 51.
Further, in the present embodiment, a first holding lamp unit 53 that displays the number of game balls held in the upper operation port 36 and a second holding lamp unit that displays the number of game balls held in the lower operation port 37. 54, but there may also be provided a holding lamp unit for displaying the number of game balls held in each through gate 41.

FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device. Specifically, FIG. 4 (A) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a case where the variation display of the symbol is executed using a winning at the upper working port 36 as a trigger, and FIG. 4 (B). These are figures which show the display screen G of the symbol display apparatus 51 in the case of performing the fluctuation | variation display of a picture triggered by winning a prize to the lower operation port 37.
As shown in FIG. 4, the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 is divided into three columns of display areas. Each display area includes a left symbol column Z1, a middle symbol column Z2, and a right symbol in order from the left. Column Z3 is displayed. In FIG. 4, the center line of each display area is indicated by a one-dot chain line.

When the change display of the pattern is executed with a winning at the upper working port 36 as a trigger, each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is composed of numbers “1” to “8” as shown in FIG. Eight types of symbols are arranged in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and the next to “8” is “1”.
When the change display of the pattern is executed with the winning of the lower operating port 37 as a trigger, each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is made up of alphabetic characters “A” to “C” as shown in FIG. The three types of symbols are arranged in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and “C” is arranged next to “A”.
Accordingly, the player confirms whether or not the display of the variable display of the pattern is triggered by the winning of the operating port of the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37 by looking at the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. can do.

The symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment) based on winning in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. By starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for game times is executed on the display screen G. The effect for the game turn is changed from the variable display to the stop display in the order of the left symbol row Z1 → the right symbol row Z3 → the middle symbol row Z2, and finally the predetermined symbol is stopped and displayed on the active line L. Exit with state.
In other words, the game times refers to the period from when the variable display is started on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 based on the winnings to the respective operation ports 36 and 37 until a predetermined stop result is displayed.

  In addition, the mode of the variable display of the symbol in the symbol display device 51 is not limited to this and is arbitrary. For example, the number of symbol rows, the scroll direction of each symbol row, the number of symbols in each symbol row, and the like can be changed as appropriate. In addition, the symbols of each symbol row may be a mode in which a picture and a number or an alphabet are combined instead of a number or a letter only, or a picture only.

In addition, in the lower left display area of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, the symbol GS for electric role is displayed. This electric symbol symbol GS is configured by arranging two types of symbols composed of symbols “◯” and “x” side by side in the horizontal direction.
On the display screen G, the symbol display device 51 starts the symbol variation display by alternately changing the lightness and darkness of the symbols “O” and “X” based on the winning to each through gate 41. An effect for the electric role game is executed. The effect for the electric role game is switched from the variable display to the stop display, and finally, either one of the symbols “O” and “X” is brightened and the other is darkened to display the stop. Exit in the state.
In other words, the electric game game time refers to the period from the start of the variable display on the accessory display unit 46 and the symbol display device 51 to the display of a predetermined stop result based on the winning to the through gate 41. .

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the accessory display unit 46 and the symbol display device 51 perform the variable display triggered by the entry of the game ball into each through gate 41, and as a result of the variable display being stopped. It functions as a display means for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into each through gate 41.

<Electric configuration of pachinko machine 10>
FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 5, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a sound emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, and these devices are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. The pachinko machine 10 also includes a payout control device 70 that executes payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out game balls, and a power source that executes discharge control for causing the game ball launching mechanism 81 to fire game balls. And a launch control device 80, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

  The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main control (main control) of the game, and a power failure monitoring board 65 that monitors the power supply. The main control device 60 includes a board box that houses the main control board 61 and the like. This substrate box may be provided with a trace means that leaves a trace when opened, or may have a trace structure that leaves a trace when opened. Specifically, as the trace means, a substrate box is configured by combining a plurality of case bodies, and a connection portion (caulking portion) that requires destruction of a predetermined part when separating each case body is provided, or peeling is performed. At this time, a configuration in which a seal seal that leaves a trace of being peeled off due to the adhesive layer remaining on the adhesion target can be applied so as to straddle the boundary between the plurality of case bodies. Moreover, as a trace structure, the structure etc. which apply | coat an adhesive agent with respect to the boundary between these case bodies can be employ | adopted.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61, and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 constituting the MPU 62. Here, the MPU 62 is an element obtained by compounding a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like in addition to the ROM 63 and the RAM 64.
In the present embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are formed as one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but may be configured as separate chips. The same applies to the MPUs of control devices other than the main control device 60.

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply when holding the stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a winning / failing table storage area 63a, a sorting table storage area 63b, a power combination winning / failing table storage area 63c, and a reach table storage area 63d. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 63 is executed, and a volatile storage unit that requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. It is. The RAM 64 has various areas such as various counter areas 64a, a reserved ball storage area 64b, and various flag storage areas 64c. These areas will be described in detail later.

  The MPU 62 includes an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main controller 60 and the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50h. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. The output port of the MPU 62 includes an electric accessory driving unit 37b that opens and closes the electric accessory 37a of the lower working port 37, a variable prize driving unit 38c that opens and closes the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a blade member. The blade member drive unit 401c that opens and closes 401a, the plate drive unit 403c that opens and closes the plate 403a, the main display unit 45, and the accessory display unit 46 are connected.

  The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units through this driver circuit. Specifically, in the state where the electric combination is released, the MPU 62 performs drive control of the electric combination driving unit 37b to open and close the electric combination 37a. In the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c to open / close the special winning opening 38a. In the variable pitching execution mode, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c to open and close the blade member 401a, and also executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 403c to open and close the plate 403a. In each game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on winning in each of the operation ports 36 and 37. Further, in the electric game game times, the MPU 62 displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to each through gate 41 by executing the display control of the accessory display unit 46.

The power failure monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and the power source / launch control device 80 having a function of supplying operating power, and monitors a DC stable voltage of 24 volts output from the power source / launch control device 80. . Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power through the power failure monitoring board 65.
The detection sensors 50a to 50h are connected to various winning ports, out ports 39, right winning ports 404, and through gates 41 of the general winning port 35, the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, and the variable winning device 38. One-to-one correspondence is provided. Based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50h, the MPU 62 makes a winning determination (a winning determination) for each of the various winning openings, the out opening 39, the right entering opening 404, and each through gate 41. The MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on the winning determination for the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37.

  Based on a command (control command) transmitted from the main control device 60, the payout control device 70 executes payout control that causes the payout device 71 to pay out a prize ball or a rental ball (a game ball lent to a player during a game). To do.

  The power / launch control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power source (external power source) in a game hall or the like. Then, the power source / launch control device 80 generates necessary operating power for the main control board 61, the payout control device 70, etc. based on the external power supplied from the commercial power source, and the generated operation Supply power. The power supply / launch control device 80 includes a power supply unit for power interruption such as a backup capacitor. The power supply unit for power interruption supplies power for storage retention to the RAM 64 of the main controller 60 even when power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is interrupted.

  In addition, the power source / launch control device 80 executes launch control for causing the game ball launch mechanism 81 to launch a game ball. Here, the game ball launching mechanism 81 includes a launch rail that extends toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeder that feeds the game balls stored in the upper plate 25a onto the launch rail, And a solenoid that is an electric actuator for firing the game ball supplied to the guide rail 34. The power supply / firing control device 80 supplies a driving signal (firing permission signal) to the solenoid to fire a game ball when predetermined firing conditions are satisfied.

<Electrical configuration for executing internal lottery in MPU 62 of main controller 60>
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 6, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the random number counter C1 for the winning lottery, and uses the type counter C2 for the winning type lottery, and reaches the lottery to determine whether or not to generate a reach display. A random number counter C3 is used. Further, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI for setting the initial value of the hit random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS for determining the display duration in the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory release counter C4 for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower working port 37 is in the electric utility open state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 (see FIG. 5).

  Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the winning random number counter C1, the winning type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Are stored in a reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 5) provided as an acquisition information storage means.

  The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a first result display area reservation area Ra, a second result display area reservation area Rb, and an execution area AE.

  The first result display area reservation area Ra provided as the first acquisition information storage means includes four storage areas, a first area Ra1 to a fourth area Ra4. Each area Ra1 to Ra4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 sets each value of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 as holding information in time series in each area Ra1 to Ra4 according to the winning of the game ball to the upper operating port 36. Store it. Specifically, the MPU 62 displays the hold information in the order of the first area Ra1, the second area Ra2, the third area Ra3, and the fourth area Ra4 when the winning to the upper working port 36 is continuously generated a plurality of times. Store in time series.

As described above, the first result display section holding area Ra includes four storage areas, and therefore, up to four winnings of game balls to the upper operation port 36 are held. The first result display area reservation area Ra includes a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
Note that the number of reserves related to the upper operation port 36 is not limited to four, but is arbitrary, and may be other plural numbers such as two, three, or five or more. May be.

  The second result display area reservation area Rb provided as the second acquisition information storage means includes four storage areas, a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each area Rb1 to Rb4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 uses the electrification to the through gate 41 of the central through gate 411 and the right through gate 412 as a trigger when the electric game game is digested. It is set to a storage capacity that can also store information (through gate information) regarding whether or not the role is released. The MPU 62 sets each value of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as holding information in time series in each area Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. As it is stored, through gate information is stored in time series in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower working port 37. Specifically, the MPU 62 holds the hold information and the first area Rb1 → the second area Rb2 → the third area Rb3 → the fourth area Rb4 in the order of the winning in the lower working port 37 a plurality of times. Through-gate information is stored in time series.

As described above, the second result display section holding area Rb includes four storage areas, and therefore, up to four winnings of game balls to the lower operation port 37 are held. The second result display area reservation area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
Note that the number of reserves related to the lower operation port 37 is not limited to four, and may be arbitrary, and may be other plural numbers such as two, three, or five or more. May be.

  The execution area AE stores the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display section reservation area Ra or the second result display section reservation area Rb when starting the variable display of the result display sections 45a and 45b. Or an area for moving through gate information.

<Detailed description of each counter>
Details of each counter will be described below.
First, the electric accessory release counter C4 will be described. The electric accessory release counter C4 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within a range of 0 to 250 by adding 1 to the previous value every time it is updated, and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 250. ing.
The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the lottery counter buffer at the timing when a game ball wins each through gate 41.
Then, the MPU 62 determines whether or not to set the electric combination 37a of the lower working port 37 to the electric open state based on the value of the electric combination release counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer (electric combination) Open lottery).

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes with different frequencies at which a game ball can be awarded to the lower working port 37 by setting the electric accessory 37a to an open state. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has a low-frequency support mode (low-frequency guide state) in which the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a in the open state is relatively low, and the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a in the open state. It has a relatively high high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an electric winning / failing table in which random numbers to be won for small hitting are stored.
As shown in FIG. 7, among the values of the electric component release counter C4, the random number value that is won for the small hit occurrence is the electric combination determination table storage area 63c (in the ROM 63 provided as the electric combination determination information group storage means). (See FIG. 5) is stored as a power combination success / failure table (electric role success / failure information group).

Further, the power combination success / failure table includes a low-frequency support mode power-use / reject table shown in FIG. 7 (a) (a low-frequency power use / reject information group) and a high-frequency support mode-use table shown in FIG. 7 (b). And a power combination success / failure table (a high-frequency power role success / failure information group).
The MPU 62 executes a lottery in which a small hit is generated by comparing the power combination acceptance / rejection table with the value of the electric component release counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer.

These electric role winning / rejecting tables have a plurality of lottery lottery results (electric role winning / failing results) of “small win winning” and “losing result”.
Here, “Small Winning” is a result of winning or failing an electric combination in which the electric combination 37a of the lower working port 37 is in an open state.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 7 (a), a random number that becomes “small winning prize” in a gaming state in which a low-frequency support mode electric role winning / rejecting table is referred to when a lottery occurs with small winnings. The value of is 2. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the lottery for opening the electric utility item wins a small hit with a probability of about 1/125.
In addition, in the low frequency support mode, a value other than a random number value that is “winning a small hit” is not a win for the occurrence of a small hit and becomes a “losing result”.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 7 (b), a random number that becomes an “outgoing result” is displayed under the gaming state in which the electric role winning / failing table for the high-frequency support mode is referred to in the lottery for generating a small hit. There are two values.
In addition, in the high frequency support mode, except for the random number value that is the “missing result”, the small hitting is won and the “small hitting result” is obtained. In other words, in the high-frequency support mode, the lottery for opening the electric utility item wins a small hit with a probability of about 124/125.
In addition, the value and the number of random numbers stored in each power combination acceptance / rejection table are arbitrary, and the high-frequency support mode only needs to have a higher probability of being a “small win” than the low-frequency support mode. .

Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the game balls are more likely to win the lower operation port 37 as compared to the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, there is a higher probability that the game ball will win the upper operation port 36 than the lower operation port 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball wins the lower working port 37 is higher than the upper working port 36.
When a winning to the lower operating port 37 is detected, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the player plays a game while not reducing the number of game balls so much. It can be carried out.

  The configurations of the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode are not limited to this. For example, the high frequency support mode may be configured to increase the number of times that the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state when compared to the low frequency support mode when winning for small hitting is won. In addition, for example, the high frequency support mode is configured so that when the small hitting is won, the one opening time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is longer than the low frequency support mode. Also good. In addition, for example, in the high frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a in the closed state during each opening in the one electric power open state is made shorter than in the low frequency support mode. It may be configured. Further, for example, in the high frequency support mode, the minimum secured time (1 in the accessory display unit 46) is set as a waiting time from the completion of the electrification opening lottery to the next electrification opening lottery. It may be configured to shorten the time duration of the variable display) compared to the low frequency support mode. In addition, for example, a plurality of types of reserved time may be prepared, and the high frequency support mode may be configured so that a short reserved time is easily selected compared to the low frequency support mode. You may comprise so that it may shorten compared with low frequency support mode. Further, by combining the conditions of the number of times that the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the open time, and the securing time, the high frequency support mode is used to set the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the low frequency support mode. You may comprise so that it may be relatively high compared with.

  Next, the winning random number counter C1 will be described. The hit random number counter C1 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within a range of 0 to 599 by adding 1 to the previous value every time it is updated, returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 599. . Each time the winning random number counter C1 loops once, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as an initial value. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops within a range of 0 to 599, like the hit random number counter C1.

The winning random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Stored in Specifically, the value of the winning random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37 It is stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 performs a winning lottery (win / no lottery) based on the value of the winning random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a success / failure table that stores the values of random numbers that are won for winning.
Among the values of the winning random number counter C1, the value of the random number that is won for winning is stored in the winning / failing table storage area 63a (see FIG. 5) of the ROM 63 provided as the winning / failing information group storing means as shown in FIG. It is stored as (Attack Information Group).

The success / failure table includes a first success / failure table (first success / failure information group) shown in FIG. 8A and a second success / failure table (second success / failure information group) shown in FIG. 8B.
The MPU 62 performs a lottery of a hit occurrence (a big hit occurrence or a special hit occurrence) by comparing the success / failure table with the value of the hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The first success / failure table is a big hit with respect to the value of the winning random number counter C1 shifted from the holding area Ra for the first result display unit to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the winning random number counter C1 based on winning in the upper working port 36. It is a table referred when performing generation | occurrence | production lottery. In the first success / failure table, as shown in FIG. 8A, there are two random number values “7” and “77” that are “winning winning”.
In addition, except for the random number value that is “winning-winning”, it is “normally missed result” without winning the jackpot.

The second success / failure table is special to the value of the winning random number counter C1 shifted from the second result display area holding area Rb to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the winning random number counter C1 based on the winning to the lower working port 37. It is a table referred when performing a lottery of winning. In the second success / failure table, as shown in FIG. 8B, the random number value that is “special winning” is 120 values of “0 to 119”. In other words, as a result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the lower working port 37, the probability of being “special winning” is 1/5.
Here, the value of the random number for winning the jackpot stored in the first winning / failing table is included in the value of the random number for winning the “special winning” stored in the second winning / failing table.

In addition, except for the random number value that is “special winning”, it is “normally missed result” without winning special hit.
In addition, the value and number of random numbers stored in each success / failure table are arbitrary. In addition, the random number value that is “special winning” stored in the second winning / losing table may not include the random number value that is stored in the first winning / failing table and becomes “big win”. It may include a part of a random number value that is stored in the success / failure table and that is a “big win”.

Here, the “big hit winning” is a result of success / failure for shifting to the opening / closing execution mode.
In addition, “special winning” is a result of success / failure for shifting to the variable entry execution mode. Then, the pachinko machine 10 transitions to the opening / closing execution mode when the entrance to the right entrance 404 occurs in this variable entry execution mode.
In the following description, the transition to the opening / closing execution mode due to the entry to the right entrance 404 is also expressed as a jackpot occurrence.

  Here, as a result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the lower working port 37, the probability of “special winning” is 1/5. As described above, the opening period of the plate 403a is the blade member. Since it is about 1/10 of the opening period of 401a, the probability of winning a jackpot with the winning of the lower working port 37 is about 1/50.

Next, the hit type counter C2 will be described. The hit type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within a range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 29. .
The win type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Stored in Specifically, the value of the hit type counter C2 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (sort lottery) of the hit type when a hit occurs based on the value of the hit type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a distribution table that stores random number values related to the hit type.
As shown in FIG. 9, the random number value related to the hit type is assigned to the distribution table (distribution table) in the distribution table storage area 63b (see FIG. 5) of the ROM 63 provided as the distribution information group storage means. Minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) illustrated in FIG. 9A and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) illustrated in FIG. 9B. ing.
The MPU 62 compares the allocation table with the value of the hit type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b, and executes the win type lottery.

The first distribution table corresponds to the value of the winning type counter C2 shifted from the first result display holding area Ra to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the winning type counter C2 based on the winning to the upper operating port 36. It is a table referred when performing a win type lottery.
As shown in FIG. 9A, the first distribution table includes “low frequency support mode result (low frequency support mode compatible result)” and “high frequency support mode result (high frequency support mode compatible). A plurality of distribution results “)” are set as distribution destinations. Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values “0 to 29” of the hit type counter C2, “0 to 14” is distributed to the “low frequency support mode result”, and “15 to 29” is set to “ "High frequency support mode results".
Therefore, as a result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the upper working port 36, the probability of becoming the “low frequency support mode result” is 50%, and the probability of becoming the “high frequency support mode result” is also 50%. is there.

The second distribution table corresponds to the value of the winning type counter C2 shifted from the second result display holding area Rb to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the winning type counter C2 based on winning in the lower operating port 37. It is a table referred when performing a win type lottery.
In the second distribution table, as shown in FIG. 9B, the distribution result of only “high frequency support mode result (distribution result corresponding to high frequency support mode)” is set as the distribution destination. Specifically, in the second distribution table, all of “0-29” among the values “0-29” of the hit type counter C2 are distributed to the “high frequency support mode result”.
Therefore, as a result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the lower working port 37, the probability of becoming the “low frequency support mode result” is 0%, and the probability of becoming the “low frequency support mode result” is 100%. is there.

The “low frequency support mode result” is a distribution result in which the support mode is set to the low frequency support mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends regardless of the support mode before the opening / closing execution mode ends. This low-frequency support mode continues until a jackpot occurs.
The “high frequency support mode result” is a distribution result in which the support mode is set to the high frequency support mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends regardless of the support mode before the opening / closing execution mode ends. The high frequency support mode shifts to the low frequency support mode when the number of game times reaches the end reference number (specifically, 50 times).
Therefore, the MPU 62 functions as a state transition unit that shifts between the low frequency support mode (normal game state) and the high frequency support mode (specific control state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low frequency support mode.

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value every time it is updated, and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 238. .
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37. Stored in More specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 performs a lottery (reach generation lottery) on whether or not to generate a reach display based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The reach display is an expected effect that occurs when the “unusual result” is obtained without the “big win” or “special winner” in the winning / losing lottery.
Specifically, the MPU 62 is stored in the reach table and the reserved ball storage area 64b when the “usual winning result” is obtained in the winning / failing lottery without becoming “big hit winning” or “special winning winning”. By comparing with the value of the reach random number counter C3, a lottery for determining whether or not a reach display is generated is executed, and a reach display is generated when a reach display is generated in the lottery. The reach table is a table storing random values related to the occurrence of reach display, and is stored in the reach table storage area 63d (see FIG. 5) of the ROM 63.

  Here, in the case where the winning / losing lottery is “big hit winning” and the distribution lottery is assigned to “high frequency support mode result”, the symbol display device 51 has the same odd number as the stop result. The combination of symbols is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. In addition, in the case where the winning lottery is “big hit winning” and the distribution lottery is assigned to “low frequency support mode result”, the symbol display device 51 has the same even number as the stop result. Are stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Further, when the special winning combination is determined in the winning / losing lottery, the symbol display device 51 stops displaying the combination of symbols having the same alphabetical characters on the active line L as a stop result.

  In the reach display, when the combination of symbols having the same number or the same alphabetic character is finally stopped and displayed (in the case of “winning lottery” or “special winning”), the reach random number counter C3 Occurs regardless of the value of.

The reach display mode is such that some of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (for example, the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) are on the effective line L. By stopping display, the same symbol combination is displayed to suggest a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (for example, symbol sequence Z2) is variably displayed in that state.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 generates a reach display, and after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51, before displaying a predetermined stop result, the “big hit win” or “special win” The player can be expected to have won.

  Note that the reach display mode is not limited to this. A part of the symbol sequence is stopped and displayed, and the remaining symbol sequence is variably displayed. Alternatively, a predetermined character or the like may be displayed as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after each symbol row is reduced or displayed.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected effect as a kind of variable display of the symbol display device 51. The expectation effect is a game in which a lottery win or “special win” is selected in the winning lottery after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed. This is a production that makes people expect. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expected effects, the reach display described above and the notice display.

The notice will be displayed in the case of a “bonus winning” or “special winning” in the winning / losing lottery, instead of “normal winning result” in the winning lottery without becoming a “winning winning” or “special winning”. Is an expected production that makes it easier to produce production. This notice display may make it easy to select an effect having a low appearance rate instead of making it easy to generate an effect, or may combine these effects.
The lottery for determining whether or not to generate a reach display is executed by the main control device 60, whereas the lottery for determining whether or not to generate a notice display is executed by the sound emission control device 90. .

The notice display mode is that some of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 among the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 are variably displayed (for example, In a situation where a plurality of symbol strings (for example, symbol strings Z2 and Z3) are variably displayed or reach display is generated after the symbol string Z1) is stopped and displayed on the active line L, a predetermined character is displayed. Are displayed on the display screen G as moving images. This notice display is generated in both cases where reach display is generated and reach display is not generated, but is set so that it is more likely to occur when reach display is generated than when reach display is not generated. Has been.
Note that the notice display is not limited to this, and may be displayed with the background changed, for example, or may be displayed with the form of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 changed.

Finally, the variation type counter CS will be described. The variation type counter CS is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value every time it is updated, and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 198. .
The variation type counter CS is updated at least once every execution of a normal process described later, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time the update is performed.
Then, the MPU 62 determines the pattern display duration in the main display unit 45 and the symbol display duration in the symbol display device 51 based on the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer. Note that these display duration times will be described in detail later. Further, in the present embodiment, the electric role display duration of the electric symbol GS in the symbol display device 51 is the same regardless of the value of the variation type counter CS.

<Various processes executed by main controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes a timer interrupt process and a normal process for advancing the game, and a main process that starts when the power is turned on. Hereinafter, the timer interrupt process, the normal process, and the main process will be described in order.
The MPU 62 executes an NMI interrupt process that is activated by input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal) in addition to the timer interrupt process, the normal process, and the main process, but a description of this process is omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 10 is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process.
In the timer interrupt process, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S101 to S105 (for example, at a cycle of 2 msec) as shown in FIG.

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes a reading process for the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50h. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50h, determines the states, and stores them in the RAM 64 as winning detection information. When the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 50a to 50d corresponding to the various winning openings detect the winning of the game ball, the MPU 62 sets a prize ball command for instructing the payout of the prize ball. The command is transmitted to the payout control device 70. For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 has detected the winning of the game ball, the MPU 62 issues a prize ball command for instructing 15 prize balls that are a specific unit number. Is sent to the payout control device 70.
The payout control device 70 performs payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out a prize ball based on a prize ball command transmitted from the MPU 62.

  In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI by adding 1 and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. To do. When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI, the MPU 62 resets the value of the random number initial value counter CINI to 0 and clears it.

  In step S103, the MPU 62 updates the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the previous values of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 by adding 1 respectively, and the update. The later value is stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of each of the counters C1 to C4, the MPU 62 resets the values of the counters C1 to C4 to 0 and clears them.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes a through winning process.
The through winning process will be described in detail below.

<Winning winning process>
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flowchart of through winning process.
In the through winning process, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S205 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball has won (through winning) in the central through gate 411 by determining whether or not the detection sensor 50f corresponding to the central through gate 411 has detected winning of the game ball. Determine whether.
If the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the central through gate 411 in step S201, the MPU 62 assigns 1 to the area indicating the central through gate flag provided in the various flag storage areas 64c of the RAM 64 in step S202. To set the central through gate flag. The central through gate flag starts the variable display on the display unit 46 for the feature by using a winning to which through gate 41 of the central through gate 411 and the right through gate 412 as a trigger when the electric game game is digested. It is a flag to specify whether or not. In this step S202, since the MPU 62 has set the central through gate flag, when the electric game time is consumed, the MPU 62 displays the variation on the display section 46 for the bonus item based on the winning of the game ball to the central through gate 411. To start.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that no game ball has won the central through gate 411, the detection sensor 50g corresponding to the right through gate 412 wins the game ball in step S203. It is determined whether or not a game ball has won the right through gate 412 (through winning).
If the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the right through gate 412 in step S203, the MPU 62 assigns 0 to the area indicating the central through gate flag provided in the various flag storage areas 64c of the RAM 64 in step S204. To clear the central through gate flag. In this step S204, since the MPU 62 has cleared the central through gate flag, when the electric game is completed, the MPU 62 displays the variation on the accessory display unit 46 based on the winning of the game ball to the right through gate 412. To start.

  After executing the process of step S202 or step S204, the MPU 62 stores the electric accessory release counter C4 updated in step S103 of the timer interruption process in the electric accessory release counter buffer of the lottery counter buffer in step S205. .

  After executing the process of step S205 or when it is determined in step S203 that the game ball has not won the right through gate 412, the MPU 62 ends the through winning process.

Returning to the description of the timer interrupt process, the process after step S105 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S105, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for the operation port. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the timer interrupt process.
Hereinafter, the winning process for the working opening will be described in detail.

<Winning process for the working opening>
FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the winning process for the operation port.
In the winning process for the operating opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S309 as shown in FIG.

  In step S301, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game ball has won (start winning) in the upper working port 36 by determining whether or not the detection sensor 50b corresponding to the upper working port 36 has detected a winning of the game ball. Determine whether. If the MPU 62 determines in step S301 that the game ball has won the upper working port 36, in step S302, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display unit reservation area Ra, and holds the reservation. The number is set as a first start reserved memory number RaN in a predetermined storage area in the first result display area reserved area Ra. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S305.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S301 that the game ball has not won the upper operation port 36, the detection sensor 50c corresponding to the lower operation port 37 receives the game ball winning in step S303. It is determined whether or not a game ball has won a prize (start prize) at the lower operating port 37 by determining whether or not the above has been detected.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S303 that the game ball has not won the lower working port 37, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the working port. If the MPU 62 determines in step S303 that the game ball has won the lower operation port 37, in step S304, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the second result display area reservation area Rb. The reserved number is set as a second start reserved memory number RbN in a predetermined storage area in the second result display area reserved area Rb. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S305.

After executing the processing of step S302 or step S304, the MPU 62 determines that the start pending storage number N (RaN or RbN) set in step S302 or step S304 is less than the upper limit (4 in this embodiment) in step S305. It is determined whether or not there is.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the start-pending storage number N is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operating port. If the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the start pending storage number N is less than the upper limit value, in step S306, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the start pending storage number N and updates it.

  In step S307, the MPU 62 sets a set of each value of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process in the free storage area of the result display unit reserved area. The stored information is stored in the first storage area, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the number N of the start storages updated in step S306.

  For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start pending storage number RaN in step S302, each of the winning random number counter C1, the winning type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process is displayed. The set of values is stored as hold information in the first storage area in the free storage area of the first result display section hold area Ra, that is, the storage area corresponding to the first start hold storage number RaN updated in step S306. For example, when “3” is set to the first start pending storage number RaN in step S302, the MPU 62 is a storage area corresponding to “4” of the first start pending storage number RaN updated in step S306. The hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

  For example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending storage number RbN in step S304, the winning random number counter C1, the winning type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interruption process. Are stored as hold information in the first storage area of the free storage area of the second result display section hold area Rb, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start hold storage number RbN updated in step S306. To do. For example, when “3” is set to the second start pending storage number RbN in step S304, the MPU 62 is a memory area corresponding to “4” of the second start pending storage number RbN updated in step S306. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

In step S307, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the first hold lamp unit 53 or the second hold lamp unit 54, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90.
The sound emission control device 90 turns on the first hold lamp unit 53 or the second hold lamp unit 54 based on a command transmitted from the MPU 62. Further, as described above, the maximum number of reserved game balls won in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37 is four, and the first reserved lamp unit 53 or the second reserved lamp unit 54 has the reserved number. The corresponding number of lights up.

In step S308, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection ball 50c corresponding to the lower operation port 37 has detected a winning of the game ball, so that the game ball has won (start winning) the lower operation port 37 or not. Determine whether or not.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that no game ball has been won in the lower working port 37, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the working port.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that a game ball has won the lower working port 37, in step S309, the MPU 62 first displays through-gate information in the free storage area of the result display area reservation area. Are stored in the storage area corresponding to the number N of the start pending storage updated in step S306. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation port.

Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the central through gate flag is set in the RAM 64.
When the MPU 62 determines that the central through gate flag is set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 has a value indicating that the game ball has won the lower operating port 37 using a win to the central through gate 411 as a trigger (specifically, 1) is stored as through gate information in the first storage area of the free storage area of the second result display section reservation area Rb, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start storage storage number RbN updated in step S306. To do. For example, when “3” is set in the second start pending storage number RbN in step S304, the MPU 62 is a storage area corresponding to “4” in the second start pending storage number RbN updated in step S306. Through gate information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines that the central through gate flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 indicates a value indicating that the game ball has won the lower operation port 37 with the winning of the right through gate 412 as a trigger. Through-gate (specifically 0) to the first storage area in the free storage area of the second result display section reservation area Rb, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start storage number RbN updated in step S306. Store as information. For example, when “3” is set to the second start pending storage number RbN in step S304, the MPU 62 is a memory area corresponding to “4” of the second start pending storage number RbN updated in step S306. Through gate information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of normal processing.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which will be described later, which starts when the power is turned on, and then executes a normal process that is a main process for advancing the game. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S415 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S401 to S410 at a cycle of 4 msec, repeatedly executes steps S409 to S412 when the remaining time occurs, and performs steps S413 and after according to the determination result of step S409. Execute.

  In step S401, the MPU 62 executes an external output process for transmitting the command set in the timer interrupt process or the previous normal process to each control device on the sub side. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a prize ball command is set. If it is determined that a prize ball command is set, the MPU 62 sends the prize ball command to the payout control device 70. Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 corresponds to a command corresponding to an effect for game times, a command corresponding to an effect for electric game times, an effect for a variable pitch execution mode, and an effect for an opening / closing execution mode. It is determined whether or not an effect command such as a command is set. If it is determined that an effect command is set, the effect command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90.

  In step S402, the MPU 62 updates the variation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the previous value of the variation type counter CS by adding 1, and stores the updated value in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. . When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the variation type counter CS, the MPU 62 returns the value of the variation type counter CS to 0 and clears it.

In step S403, the MPU 62 executes a game times control process for advancing game times. In the game times control process, the MPU 62 executes the winning / losing lottery and the distribution lottery, determines the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the symbol display device 51, and the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. Determine information related to
In step S404, the MPU 62 executes a game state transition process for shifting the game state. In the gaming state transition processing, the MPU 62 executes transition processing to each gaming state such as an opening / closing execution mode, a variable pitching execution mode, a low frequency support mode, and a high frequency support mode.
The game turn control process in step S403 and the game state transition process in step S404 will be described in detail later.

In step S405, the MPU 62 executes a demonstration display execution determination process. In this demonstration display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined demo start start waiting period (for example, 3 sec) has elapsed without starting a new game time after the game time has ended. If it is determined that the start waiting period has elapsed, a demo command for starting the demonstration display is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 starts the demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command transmitted from the MPU 62.

  Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the start waiting period has elapsed by counting the number of executions of the process of step S405. For example, when the start waiting period is 3 sec and the interval of repeatedly executing the process of step S405 is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of executions of the process of step S405 and reaches the start waiting period when it reaches 750 times. Is determined to have passed. In addition, the structure which measures a start waiting period is arbitrary, For example, you may measure a start waiting period using a real-time clock. If the MPU 62 starts a new game number while counting the number of executions of the process in step S405, the MPU 62 resets the count value.

  In step S <b> 406, the MPU 62 executes a power combination support process for performing drive control of the electric combination 37 a provided in the lower operation port 37. In this electric combination support process, the MPU 62 executes the electric combination release lottery based on the value of the electric combination release counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64. In addition, the MPU 62 performs display control of the accessory display unit 46 so as to display the result of the electric accessory release lottery.

In step S407, the MPU 62 executes an electric combination release process for opening the electric combination 37a. In the electric accessory release process, the MPU 62 executes an opening / closing process of the electric accessory 37a when winning the electric accessory release lottery.
Note that the electric combination support process in step S406 and the electric combination release process in step S407 will be described in detail later.

  In step S408, the MPU 62 executes a game ball launch control process. In this game ball launch control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply / fire control device 80 to launch a game ball based on the fact that the player has rotated the launch handle 27. Specifically, the power supply / launch control device 80 causes the game ball launching mechanism 81 to launch a game ball by exciting a solenoid of the game ball launching mechanism 81 at a predetermined period (0.6 sec in the present embodiment). . Note that the solenoid is excited so as to launch a game ball with a firing intensity corresponding to the amount of rotational operation of the launch handle 27. Further, the power supply / launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball launch mechanism 81 to fire the game ball when a predetermined launch condition is satisfied.

  In step S409, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a power failure flag is set in a power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64. This power failure flag is set in the RAM 64 when a power failure signal is input from the power failure monitoring board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62. The power failure monitoring board 65 outputs this power failure signal when the occurrence of a power failure is confirmed. This power failure flag is cleared at the next execution of the main process.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 into a predetermined area such as the RAM 64, and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power failure flag by assigning 1 to the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 and clears the power failure flag by assigning 0 to the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64.

  If the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S409, the MPU 62 performs the power interruption processing after step S413 without executing the processing after step S410. Specifically, in step S413, the MPU 62 prohibits the generation of timer interrupt processing. In step S414, the MPU 62 calculates and stores a RAM determination value (a checksum of the RAM 64). In step S415, the MPU 62 prohibits access to the RAM 64. Thereafter, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power supply is completely shut down and the processing cannot be executed.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S409 that the power failure flag has not been set, in step S410, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the timing for executing the next normal process has been reached, that is, the current normal process. It is determined whether a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has elapsed since the start.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S410 that the timing for executing the next normal process has not come, that is, if the remaining time has occurred, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI in step S411, and step S412 Then, the variation type counter CS is updated. Note that the MPU 62 repeatedly executes steps S409 to S412 until it is determined in step S410 that the next normal processing timing has been reached.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S410 that the next normal processing timing has been reached, that is, if the remaining time has not occurred, the MPU 62 executes the next step S401 again to execute the next time. Start normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 14 is a flowchart of the main process.
In the main process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S512 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 executes a startup process when the power is turned on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for a sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) to be operable, and then waits for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) ) Will wait.

  In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 sec which is a permission prohibition period has elapsed. If the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has not elapsed in step S502, the MPU 62 repeatedly executes the process of step S502. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that 1 sec has elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S503.

  Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 sec has elapsed by counting the number of executions of the process of step S502. For example, when the interval at which the process of step S502 is repeatedly executed is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has elapsed when the number of executions of the process of step S502 is counted and reaches 10,000. Note that the configuration for measuring the permission prohibition period is arbitrary. For example, the permission prohibition period may be measured using a real-time clock.

In step S503, the MPU 62 permits access to the RAM 64.
In step S504, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a RAM erase switch (not shown) provided in the power / fire control device 80 is turned on.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erase switch has been turned on, the MPU 62 executes processing from step S509 onward.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erase switch is not turned on, in step S505, the MPU 62 determines whether the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. To do.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S505 that the power failure flag has not been set, the MPU 62 executes processing in step S509 and subsequent steps.
In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S505, the MPU 62 calculates a RAM determination value in step S506.
In step S507, the MPU 62 confirms the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether or not the RAM determination value calculated in step S506 is normal. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S506 with the RAM determination value stored in step S414 (processing at power interruption) of the normal process. The RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and if they do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

If the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is not normal in step S507, the MPU 62 executes processing in step S509 and subsequent steps.
In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is normal in step S507, the MPU 62 clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S508.

  The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method for confirming the consistency of the RAM determination value. For example, a keyword is assigned to a predetermined area of the RAM 64 during power interruption processing. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by determining whether or not this keyword is normally written by the main process.

As described above, the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S504, determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S505, or determines the RAM determination value in step S507. If it is determined that is not normal, the processing from step S509 is executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S509, and executes initialization of the RAM 64 in step S510.

  Therefore, for example, the manager of the game hall can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing down the RAM erase switch when the game hall starts business. Further, the pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of a power failure is not confirmed on the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the processing of step S508 or step S510, the MPU 62 transmits an initial command to the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) in step S511, and in step S512, the timer interrupt is issued. The generation of the process is permitted, and the process proceeds to the normal process described above.
The control board on the sub side receives the initial command transmitted in step S511, thereby recognizing that communication with the main control board 61 is normally performed and executing its own initialization. To do.

<Game times control processing>
FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the game times control process.
In the game times control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S609 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening / closing execution mode is being performed. If the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that it is in the opening / closing execution mode, it ends the game number control process without executing the processes in and after step S602. Therefore, when it is determined that the opening / closing execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game round regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each of the operation ports 36 and 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 refers to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 to determine whether the open / close execution mode is in effect. The same applies to the following processes. The MPU 62 sets an opening / closing execution mode flag when shifting to the opening / closing execution mode, and clears the opening / closing execution mode flag when the opening / closing execution mode ends.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that it is not in the opening / closing execution mode, in step S602, whether or not the main display unit 45 is in a variable display, that is, the game is in progress. It is determined whether or not.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S602 that the main display unit 45 is not in a variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game turn start process in steps S603 to S605.
In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S602 that the main display unit 45 is in a variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game turn progression process in steps S606 to S609.

First, the process for starting game times in steps S603 to S605 will be described.
In step S603, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display area reservation area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display area reservation area Rb, and holds these numbers. It is determined whether or not the total number CRN of N is equal to or less than “0”. If the MPU 62 determines in step S603 that the total number CRN is “0” or less, the MPU 62 ends the game times control process.

In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S603 that the total number CRN is not equal to or less than “0”, in step S604, the MPU 62 reserves the first result display area Ra or the second result display area reservation area. A data setting process for setting the hold information stored in Rb for use in game times is executed. Thereafter, in step S605, the MPU 62 starts a variation display on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 to execute variation start processing for digesting the game times, and ends the game times control processing.
Hereinafter, the data setting process in step S604 and the change start process in step S605 will be described in detail.

FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the data setting process.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S711 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start reserved memory number RbN of the second result display portion reservation area Rb set in step S304 of the winning operation for the operation port is “0” or less. To do. If the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the second start pending storage number RbN is equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 executes the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S702 to S706, and proceeds to step S701. If it is determined that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than “0”, the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S707 to S711 is executed.

Thus, the data setting process includes a data setting process for the first result display unit that sets the holding information stored in the holding area Ra for the first result display unit for use in the game times, and a second result display unit. And a data setting process for the second result display section for setting the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for use in game times.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 performs the second result display unit without executing the data setting process for the first result display unit. Execute data setting process. In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the holding information stored in the second result display unit holding area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower working port 37, Regardless of whether or not there is holding information stored in the first result display area holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball, the holding information stored in the second result display area holding area Rb is preferentially played. Set for 1 digestion.

First, the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S702 to S706 will be described.
In step S702, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the first start hold memory number RaN in the first result display portion hold area Ra and updates it.
In step S703, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display section hold area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S704, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process for shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion hold area Ra. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information stored in each area Ra1 to Ra4 to the first area Ra1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information of the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the hold information of the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and sets the hold information of the fourth area Ra4 to the third area Ra3. Shift to area Ra3.

  In step S705, the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag stored in the RAM 64. This second result display part flag is a flag for specifying which main display part 45 of the first result display part 45a and the second result display part 45b starts the variable display when the game times are digested. It is. In this step S705, since the MPU 62 has cleared the second result display section flag, the variable display is displayed on the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 when the game times are digested. Indicates that you want to start.

In step S706, the MPU 62 sets a shift command for recognizing that the shift of the hold information has been executed, transmits the set shift command to the sound emission control device 90, and ends the data setting process. The command at the time of shift is that the shift of the hold information is executed on the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit based on the winning of the game ball to the upper working port 36. The information for making 90 recognize is included.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first hold lamp unit 53 based on the shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lighting of the first holding lamp unit 53 with a decrease in the number of reserved game balls won in the upper operation port 36.

Next, the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S707 to S711 will be described.
In step S707, the MPU 62 updates by subtracting 1 from the value of the second start hold memory number RbN in the second result display portion hold area Rb.
In step S708, the MPU 62 moves the hold information and the through gate information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display portion reservation area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S709, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process for shifting the hold information and the through gate information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion hold area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information and the through gate information stored in each area Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information and through gate information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the hold information and through gate information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, The hold information and through gate information of area Rb4 are shifted to third area Rb3.

  In step S710, the MPU 62 sets the second result display unit flag in the RAM 64. In this step S710, since the MPU 62 has set the second result display portion flag, when the game time is digested, the MPU 62 displays the variation on the second result display portion 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. Indicates that you want to start.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a shift time command for recognizing that the hold information and the through gate information have been shifted, and transmits the set shift time command to the voice light emission control device 90 to perform data setting processing. Exit. This shift command shifts the hold information and the through gate information for the hold information and the through gate information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display section based on the winning of the game ball to the lower working port 37. Information for making the voice light emission control device 90 recognize that it has been executed is included.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second hold lamp unit 54 based on the shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lighting of the second holding lamp unit 54 with the decrease of the number of reserved game balls won in the lower operation port 37.

FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the change start process.
In the change start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S817 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 starts variable display on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. In step S802, the first success / failure table (see FIG. 8A) is read from the success / failure table storage area 63a of the ROM 63.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, the second result display unit 45b based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation port 37 is used. In step S803, the second success / failure table (see FIG. 8B) is read from the success / failure table storage area 63a of the ROM 63.

  After executing the process of step S802 or step S803, the MPU 62 executes a determination process in step S804. In this success / failure determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the winning random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the success / failure table read in step S802 or step S803, thereby determining the result of the success / failure lottery (presence / absence result). Determine. In addition, as described above, the success / failure result is one of “big win”, “special winner”, and “ordinary loss result”. Even if the support mode is the low frequency support mode, the high frequency support mode is used. Even if there is, it is the same.

  In step S805, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the success / failure result determined in step S804 is a win (“big win” or “special winner”). If the MPU 62 determines that the success / failure result is a hit occurrence in step S805, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S806, and if it is determined in step S805 that the success / failure result is not a hit occurrence, the MPU 62 performs step S814 and subsequent steps. Execute the process.

First, processing (processing after step S806) when it is determined in step S805 that the MPU 62 determines that the result is a hit will be described.
In step S806, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 starts variable display on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. In step S807, the first allocation table (see FIG. 9A) is read from the allocation table storage area 63b of the ROM 63.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, the second result display unit 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. In step S808, the second distribution table (see FIG. 9B) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63.

  After executing the process of step S807 or step S808, the MPU 62 executes a distribution determination process in step S809. In this distribution determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the hit type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read in step S807 or step S808, thereby determining the result of distribution lottery ( Distribution result).

In step S810, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning / failing result determined in step S804 is “big win”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S810 that the winning / failing result is “big hit winning”, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the big hit result in step S811. In the jackpot result stop result setting process, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 according to the distribution result determined in step S809. The determined information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 compares the distribution result determined in step S809 with the jackpot result stop result table stored in advance in the ROM 63, so that the final result is displayed on the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45. The information related to the pattern to be stopped and displayed is determined. The jackpot result stop result table defines the pattern mode to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 for each sorting result.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S810 that the result is not “big win” (when the result is determined to be “special winner”), in step S812, the special result is determined. Execute stop result setting process. In the stop result setting process for the special hit result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and stores the determined information in the RAM 64. . Here, the MPU 62 determines information related to the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45 by referring to the stop result table for special hit results stored in advance in the ROM 63. To do.

After executing the process of step S811 or step S812, the MPU 62 sets a flag corresponding to the distribution result determined in step S809 in the RAM 64 in step S813. Specifically, when the MPU 62 specifies that the distribution result is the “low frequency support mode result”, the MPU 62 sets the low frequency support mode result flag to indicate that it is the “high frequency support mode result”. If specified, the high frequency support mode result flag is set. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S815.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 executes the determination of the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, processing (processing after step S814) when it is determined in step S805 that the MPU 62 determines that the result is not a hit will be described.
In step S814, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for a normal off result. In the stop result setting process for the normal off result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and the determination The stored information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the normal off result stored in advance in the ROM 63, thereby determining information related to the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. The mode of the pattern set in the stop result table for the normal loss result is different from the mode of the pattern set in the stop result table for the big hit result and the stop result table for the special hit result.

After executing any one of steps S811, S812, and S814, the MPU 62 executes a display duration (display duration) setting process in step S815.
In the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the variation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64.

  Further, in the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not reach display occurs in the symbol display device 51. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines that if the winning / failing result determined in step S804 is a hit, or if the winning / failing result determined in step S804 is a “normal losing result” and the reach generation lottery is won. Determines that reach display occurs. As described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. Reach generation lottery is executed.

  When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display is generated, the MPU 62 refers to the reach generation display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63, thereby obtaining the variation type counter obtained from the variation type counter buffer. The display duration corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in a display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

  When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach non-occurrence display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63, thereby obtaining the fluctuation obtained from the fluctuation type counter buffer. The display duration corresponding to the value of the type counter CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in a display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Specifically, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set such that the display duration is shortened as the number of reserved items increases. Therefore, the display continuation time when digesting the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 is set to be shorter as the number of reservations related to the upper operation port 36 increases. And the display continuation time at the time of digesting the hold information concerning the lower operation port 37 is set so as to become shorter as the number of the hold operations related to the lower operation port 37 increases. The reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shorter when the support mode is the high-frequency support mode than when the support mode is the low-frequency support mode. In other words, if the number of holdings is the same, the display duration in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
Further, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table.

  Note that the display non-occurrence display duration table may be set in a reverse relationship to the relationship described above, such as the display duration becomes longer as the number of holds increases, depending on the number of holds and the support mode. It is good also as a structure which does not change. In addition, a display duration table may be set individually for each of the success / failure results and the distribution results.

In step S816, the MPU 62 sets a change command and a type command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the change command and the type command set in step S816 to the sound emission control device 90.
The sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the change command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

The change command includes information related to the display duration time and through gate information. Further, the change command does not include information on whether or not reach display occurs.
Here, as described above, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table and the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table are mutually Is different.
Therefore, even if information indicating whether or not reach display occurs is not included in the change command, reach display is performed by the sound emission control device 90 which is the sub-side control device based on the information related to the display duration time. It is possible to determine whether or not it occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the change command indirectly includes information on whether or not reach display occurs. Note that the change command may directly include information on whether or not reach display occurs.

The type command includes information related to the result of the determination. In other words, the type command includes, as information related to the success / failure results, information related to “big win”, “special winning”, and “ordinary loss result”. The type command includes information related to the distribution result. In other words, the type command includes information related to “low frequency support mode result” and “high frequency support mode result” as information related to the distribution result.
In the following description, the result of the success / failure and the distribution result are collectively referred to as a game result. In other words, the type command includes information related to the game result.

In step S817, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, and causes the main display unit 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the change start process.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first game ball is awarded based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 when the game times are digested. Since the result display unit 45a indicates that the variable display is started, the first result display unit 45a starts the variable display.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 determines the second based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37 when the game times are digested. Since the result display unit 45b indicates that the variable display is started, the second result display unit 45b starts the variable display.

Returning to the description of the game times control processing, the game times progress processing in steps S606 to S609 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S602, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display unit 45 is in a variable display. If the MPU 62 determines that the main display unit 45 is in a variable display, the MPU 62 performs the game turn progression in steps S606 to S609. Execute the process.

  In step S606, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display duration set in step S815 of the change start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display duration counter of the RAM 64 has become “0” or less. The value of the display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S606 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, the MPU 62 executes a variable display process in step S607. In this variation display process, the MPU 62 updates the display of the main display unit 45 during the variation display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game times control process.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines that the display continuation time has elapsed in step S606, the MPU 62 executes a variation end process in step S608. In this variation end process, the MPU 62 stores information stored in the RAM 64 in any one of steps S811, S812, and S814 of the variation start process executed when the main display unit 45 starts the variation display (main The information related to the pattern that is finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45 is specified. Then, at the end of the game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 so that a picture corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the main display unit 45 during variable display.

Here, the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 is different for each type of game result. Therefore, a game hall manager or the like can check the game result by viewing the main display unit 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, for example, an administrator of the game hall can easily confirm whether or not an illegal act is attempted to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the same behavior as when winning a lottery with a big hit. Can be done automatically.
Further, the display area of the main display unit 45 is narrower than that of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and the symbols to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 are displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game round, the player determines whether or not the winning lottery is won by checking the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 instead of the main display unit 45. The degree of attention to the display screen G can be increased.

In step S609, the MPU 62 sets a change end command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the change end command set in step S609 to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game times control process.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes a process for ending the effect of the game time based on the change end command transmitted from the MPU 62. Here, the voice light emission control device 90 may be configured to end the game times independently without requiring the reception of the change end command.

<Game state transition processing>
FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the game state transition process.
In the gaming state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S920 as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening / closing execution mode is being performed.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that it is not in the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S902 onward.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that it is in the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes processing from step S911.

First, a process when the MPU 62 determines that it is not in the opening / closing execution mode in step S901 (process after step S902) will be described.
In step S902, the MPU 62 determines whether or not it is in the variable pitching execution mode.
Note that the MPU 62 determines whether or not it is in the variable pitch execution mode by referring to the variable pitch execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64. The same applies to the following processes. The MPU 62 sets a variable entry execution mode flag at the time of transition to the variable entry execution mode, and clears the variable entry execution mode flag at the end of the variable entry execution mode.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that it is not in the variable pitch execution mode, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S903.
In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that it is in the variable pitch execution mode, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S916 onward.

First, a process when the MPU 62 determines that it is not in the variable pitch execution mode in step S902 (process after step S903) will be described.
In step S903, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variable display on the main display unit 45 has ended. If the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the variable display on the main display unit 45 has not ended, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the variable display on the main display unit 45 has been completed, a win / fail result is generated in step S904 (“big win” or “special win”). It is determined whether or not.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the result is not successful, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the result is a hit, it determines in step S905 whether the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S905 that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64 (when the determination result is “special winning”), the game to the lower operation port 37 is performed. Since the second result display unit 45b based on the winning of the ball indicates that the variable display is started, in step S906, the variable ball execution mode flag is set in the RAM 64, and then the gaming state transition process is terminated.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S905 that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64 (when it is determined that the result is “big win”), the upper operation port Since the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the game ball to 36 indicates that the variable display is started, in step S907, after setting the open / close execution mode flag in the RAM 64, the processing from step S908 is executed. Execute.

  In step S908, the MPU 62 sets “15” to the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. The round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games by the MPU 62 when shifting to the opening / closing execution mode.

Here, the opening / closing execution mode ends on condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
Note that the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes the one big winning opening 38a for one round game. One round game continues until one of the following two conditions is satisfied. In other words, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) The predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses (2) The total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a reaches the predetermined upper limit number

  In step S909, the MPU 62 sets “1000” as the waiting time (waiting period) for the opening in the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 sec. Note that the waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

As described above, the MPU 62 sets the waiting time for opening in the timer counter T in step S909 regardless of the type of the distribution result. In other words, the waiting time for opening is the same regardless of the type of distribution result.
In addition, the waiting time for opening is not limited to this, For example, it is good also as a structure which makes it differ slightly according to the kind of distribution result to such an extent that it is recognized that it is the same by a player. In addition, for example, the waiting time for the opening is greatly different between the distribution result of the “low frequency support mode result” and the distribution result of the “high frequency support mode result”. It is also possible to employ a configuration that greatly varies depending on the type of distribution result.

In step S910, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process. This opening command includes information on the distribution result that triggered the transition to the opening / closing execution mode. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S910 to the sound emission control device 90.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 recognizes the shift to the opening / closing execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62 and executes a predetermined process. This process will be described in detail later.

Next, a process when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is being performed in step S901 (process after step S911) will be described.
In step S911, the MPU 62 executes a special winning opening / closing process.

FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the special winning opening / closing process.
In the special winning opening / closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1016 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the special winning opening 38a is being opened.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the special winning opening 38a is not being opened, the MPU 62 executes processing in step S1002 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the special winning opening 38a is being opened, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1006.

First, the process (the process after step S1002) when it is determined in step S1001 that the MPU 62 does not open the special prize opening 38a will be described.
In step S1002, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1002 that the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less, the MPU 62 ends the big prize opening / closing process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1002 that the value of the round counter RC is not “0” or less, whether or not the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less in step S1003. Determine.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1003 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the big prize opening / closing process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1003 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 executes a big prize opening process in step S1004.
Hereinafter, the special winning opening opening process in step S1004 will be described in detail.

FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the special winning opening opening process.
In the big prize opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1103 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, “8” is set in the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64, and “15000” is set in the timer counter T in step S1102. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 seconds.

  In step S1103, the MPU 62 executes an opening execution process for the special winning opening 38a. In this opening execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open / close door 38b in an open state by executing drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the big prize opening process.

Note that the value set in the winning counter PC in step S1101 defines the upper limit of the total number of game balls to be awarded to the big winning opening 38a.
Further, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1102 defines the upper limit duration until the door 38b is set to the closed state after the open / close door 38b is set to the open state.

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the game ball launching mechanism 81 to launch a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball launching mechanism 81 with a period of 0.6 sec. Further, as described above, the MPU 62 sets “8” to the winning counter PC, thereby setting the upper limit of the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a.
Therefore, the upper limit duration is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total number of game balls to be awarded to the grand prize opening 38a and the launch period of the game balls. It is easy to win 38a.

Returning to the description of the big prize opening / closing process, the processes after step S1005 will be described with reference to FIG.
The MPU 62 sets a release command in step S1005 after executing the special winning opening release process in step S1004. Further, the MPU 62 transmits the release command set in step S1005 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S401 of the normal process. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special prize opening / closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the open / close door 38b is set to the open state based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, processing (processing after step S1006) when it is determined in step S1001 that the MPU 62 determines that the special winning opening 38a is being opened will be described.
In step S1006, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit duration set in the timer counter T in step S1102 of the big prize opening process has elapsed.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 executes processing in step S1007 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1010.

First, a process when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is not “0” or less in step S1006 (process after step S1007) will be described.
In step S1007, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a winning for the big winning opening 38a has occurred. The determination as to whether or not a winning at the special winning opening 38a has occurred is executed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the special winning opening 38a.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1007 that no prize winning to the big winning opening 38a has occurred, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening / closing process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1007 that a winning to the big winning opening 38a has occurred, the MPU 62 updates the value of the winning counter PC by subtracting 1 in step S1008.

In step S1009, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the winning counter PC is “0” or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1009 that the value of the winning counter PC is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening / closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the winning counter PC is “0” or less in step S1009, or when the value of the timer counter T is determined to be “0” or less in step S1006. In step S1010, a closing execution process is executed. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open / close door 38b in the closed state by executing drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c.

In step S1011, the MPU 62 sets a close command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the close command set in step S1011 to the sound emission control device 90.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the open / close door 38b is set to the closed state based on the close command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

In step S1012, the MPU 62 updates the value of the round counter RC by subtracting 1 from it.
In step S1013, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1013 that the value of the round counter RC is not “0” or less, the MPU 62 sets “500” as the value of the timer counter T in step S1014. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special prize opening / closing process.

  Here, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1014 is the waiting for opening after the opening / closing door 38b is set in the open state and then set again in the closed state until the door 38b is set in the open state again. Time is prescribed. In the present embodiment, the opening standby time is 1 sec. The opening waiting time is the same regardless of the progress of the opening / closing execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1013 that the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less, the MPU 62 executes the processes in and after step S1015.
In step S1015, the MPU 62 sets “2000” as the ending standby time (standby period) in the timer counter T. As described above, the value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for ending is 4 sec. The waiting time for ending is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

The waiting time for ending is the same regardless of the type of the distribution result, like the waiting time for opening.
Note that the ending waiting time is not limited to this. For example, the ending waiting time may be slightly different depending on the type of distribution result to the extent that the player recognizes the same. In addition, for example, the waiting time for ending is greatly different between the case of the distribution result of “low frequency support mode result” and the case of the distribution result of “high frequency support mode result”. It is also possible to employ a configuration that greatly varies depending on the type of distribution result.

In step S1016, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S1016 to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special prize opening / closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the opening / closing execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Returning to the description of the gaming state transition processing, the processing after step S912 will be described with reference to FIG.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than “0” in Step S912 after executing the special winning opening / closing process in Step S911.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less, whether or not the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less in step S913. Determine.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S913 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S913 that the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less, the MPU 62 clears the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S914.
In step S915, the MPU 62 executes a transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
Hereinafter, the transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode will be described in detail.

FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode.
In the transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1201 to S1204 as shown in FIG.
In step S1201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is the “high frequency support mode result”.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the distribution result is “high frequency support mode result”, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1202. If the high frequency support flag is already set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains this. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.

In step S1203, the MPU 62 sets “50” to the value of the game number counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
Here, when the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64, the high frequency support mode is continued until 50 game times that are the end reference number set in the game number counter are consumed. The MPU 62 clears the high-frequency support flag when it has consumed 50 game times. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
Note that the MPU 62 executes these processes as a power combination support process in step S406 of the normal process, but detailed description thereof is omitted.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the distribution result is the “low frequency support mode result”, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1204. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.

  As described above, when the winning lottery occurs and the allocation result becomes the “high frequency support mode result” in the allocation lottery, the gaming state is the open / close execution mode regardless of the current gaming state. After completion, shift to high frequency support mode. The high frequency support mode does not occur in the lottery, and when 50 game times are consumed, the high frequency support mode shifts to the low frequency support mode.

  In addition, when the winning lottery occurs and the allocation result becomes the “low frequency support mode result” in the allocation lottery, the gaming state is determined after the end of the opening / closing execution mode regardless of the current gaming state. , Transition to low frequency support mode. The low-frequency support mode is continued until at least a win occurs in the winning lottery.

  In addition, in the case where no win occurs in the winning / losing lottery, that is, in the case where the winning / failing result is a “normal failure result”, the gaming state does not shift.

Returning to the description of the gaming state transition processing, the processing after step S916 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S902, the MPU 62 determines whether or not it is in the variable pitch execution mode, and if it is determined that it is in the variable pitch execution mode, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S916.

In step S916, the MPU 62 executes variable pitching execution processing.
Hereinafter, the variable pitch execution process will be described in detail.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a flowchart of variable pitching execution processing.
In the variable entry execution process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1301 to S1313 as shown in FIG.
In step S1301, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the blade member 401a is being opened.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the blade member 401a is not being opened, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1302.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the blade member 401a is being opened, the MPU 62 executes processing in step S1305 and subsequent steps.

First, a process when the MPU 62 determines that the blade member 401a is not being opened in step S1301 (process after step S1302) will be described.
In step S1302, the MPU 62 executes blade member opening execution processing. In this blade member opening execution process, the MPU 62 sets the blade member 401a to the open state by executing drive control of the blade member driving unit 401c.

In step S1303, the MPU 62 sets a blade member release command. Further, the MPU 62 transmits the blade member release command set in step S1303 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S401 of the normal process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the blade member 401a has been set to the open state based on the blade member release command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

  In step S1304, the MPU 62 sets “1000” to the timer counter T. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 2 sec.

Next, processing (processing after step S1305) when it is determined in step S1301 that the blade member 401a is being opened by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1305, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 executes processing in step S1306 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1312 onward.

First, a process when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is not “0” or less in step S1305 (process after step S1306) will be described.
In step S1306, the MPU 62 refers to the plate opening / closing execution flag stored in the RAM 64 to determine whether the opening / closing of the plate 403a has been executed. The plate opening / closing execution completion flag is a flag for specifying that the opening / closing of the plate 403a has been executed after the blade member 401a is set to the open state and before the blade member 401a is set to the closed state. The MPU 62 sets a plate opening / closing execution flag when the plate 403a is opened / closed, and clears the plate opening / closing execution flag when the blade member 401a is set to the closed state.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1306 that the opening / closing of the plate 403a has been executed (if the plate opening / closing execution flag is set in the RAM 64), the MPU 62 ends the variable pitching execution process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1306 that the opening / closing of the plate 403a has not been executed (if the plate opening / closing execution flag is not set in the RAM 64), the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T in step S1307. It is determined whether or not the value is “500” or less. In other words, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 sec has elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1307 that the value of the timer counter T is not less than “500” (when it is determined that 1 sec has not elapsed after the blade member 401a is set to the open state), the variable input is performed. The ball execution process is terminated.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1307 that the value of the timer counter T is “500” or less (when it is determined that 1 sec has elapsed after the blade member 401a is set in the open state). In step S1308, a plate opening process is executed. In this plate opening process, the MPU 62 sets the plate 403a to an open state by executing drive control of the plate driving unit 403c.

In step S1309, it is determined whether the value of the timer counter T is “400” or less. In other words, the MPU 62 determines whether 0.2 sec has elapsed after setting the plate 403a to the open state.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1309 that the value of the timer counter T is not “400” or less (when it is determined that 0.2 sec has not elapsed after the plate 403a is set in the open state), the MPU 62 is variable. The ball entry execution process is terminated.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1309 that the value of the timer counter T is “400” or less (when it is determined that 0.2 sec has elapsed after setting the plate 403a to the open state). In step S1310, a plate closing process is executed. In this plate closing process, the MPU 62 sets the plate 403a in a closed state by executing drive control of the plate driving unit 403c.

  In step S1311, the MPU 62 sets the plate opening / closing execution flag by substituting 1 into the area indicating the plate opening / closing execution flag provided in the various flag storage areas 64c of the RAM 64. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the variable pitching execution process.

Next, a process when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less in step S1305 (process after step S1312) will be described.
In step S1312, the MPU 62 executes a blade member closing execution process. In the blade member closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the blade member 401a in the closed state by executing drive control of the blade member driving unit 401c.

  In step S1313, the MPU 62 assigns 0 to the area indicating the plate opening / closing execution flag and the variable pitching execution mode flag provided in the various flag storage areas 64c of the RAM 64, so that the plate opening / closing execution flag and variable input are changed. Clear the ball running mode flag. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the variable pitching execution process.

As described above, in the variable pitching execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the blade member 401a to an open state, allows a game ball to enter the right variable pitching mechanism 40, and sets the plate 403a to an open state or a closed state. The game ball can be entered at either the right entrance 404 or the left entrance 405. In the variable pitching execution mode, after setting the plate 403a to the open state, the time until it is set to the closed state again (open period) is set to the closed state again after the blade member 401a is set to the open state. It is shorter than the time until opening (open period). Specifically, the opening period of the plate 403a (0.2 sec in this embodiment) is about 1/10 of the opening period of the blade member 401a (2 sec in this embodiment). In other words, a game ball that has entered the right variable entrance mechanism 40 enters the right entrance 404 with a probability of approximately 1/10.
In the present embodiment, during the opening period of the blade member 401a, the plate 403a performs a single opening / closing operation, but may perform a plurality of opening / closing operations.

Returning to the description of the gaming state transition processing, the processing after step S917 will be described with reference to FIG.
The MPU 62 executes the variable entry execution process in step S916, and then determines whether the detection sensor 50h corresponding to the right entry slot 404 has detected the winning of the game ball in step S917. It is determined whether or not a game ball has won a prize (V prize) at the ball opening 404.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S917 that a game ball has won the right entrance 404, it executes a V winning success process in step S918. In this V winning success process, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c to set the blade member 401a to the closed state, and then executes the plate opening / closing execution flag and the variable pitch execution stored in the RAM 64. Clear the mode flag. In the V winning success process, the MPU 62 sets a V winning success command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the V winning success command set in step S918 to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S907 described above.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that a game ball has won the right entrance 404 based on the V winning success command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S917 that no game ball has won the right entrance 404, it determines whether or not the blade member 401a is set in the closed state in step S919. To do.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S919 that the blade member 401a has not been set to the closed state, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S919 that the blade member 401a is set in the closed state, the MPU 62 executes a V winning failure process in step S920. In this V winning failure process, the MPU 62 sets a V winning failure command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the V winning failure command set in step S920 to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
Note that the voice light emission control device 90 recognizes that no game ball has won the right entrance 404 based on the V winning failure command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening / closing execution mode as it is in the winning lottery based on the winning at the upper working port 36, while it directly shifts to the opening / closing execution mode, while winning at the lower working port 37. If the winning / non-winning lottery is based on “Special Winning Winning”, the mode shifts to a variable pitching execution mode. In this variable pitching execution mode, when a ball enters the right pitching entrance 404, Transition to open / close execution mode.
It should be noted that the pachinko machine 10 is in the variable entry execution mode, when only the entrance to the left entrance 405 occurs, or the entrance into the right entrance 404 and the left entrance 405 occurs. If not, the mode is not shifted to the opening / closing execution mode.

<Telephone support processing>
FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the power combination support process.
In the electric power support process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1401 to S1408 as shown in FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the accessory display unit 46 is variably displayed, that is, whether or not the electronic combination game is in progress.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the accessory display unit 46 is not in a variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1402.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the accessory display unit 46 is variably displayed, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1405 onward.

First, processing (step S1402 and subsequent processing) when it is determined in step S1401 that the accessory display unit 46 is not performing variable display will be described.
In step S1402, the MPU 62 determines whether or not it is in the opening / closing execution mode.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1402 that it is in the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 62 ends the electric role support process without executing the processes in and after step S1403. Therefore, when it is determined that the open / close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the electric game times regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each through gate 41 is detected.
The MPU 62 refers to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 to determine whether the open / close execution mode is in effect.

  In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1402 that it is not in the opening / closing execution mode, it determines in step S1403 whether or not a game ball has won one of the through gates 41. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 is stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1403 that the game ball has not won any of the through gates 41 (when it is determined that the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 is not stored in the lottery counter buffer). In such a case, the electric power support process is terminated without executing the processes after step S1404.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1403 that a game ball has won one of the through gates 41 (determined that the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 is stored in the lottery counter buffer). In such a case, in step S1404, an electric role change start process is executed. After that, the MPU 62 ends the power combination support process.
Hereinafter, the electric role variation start process will be described in detail.

FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the electric role change start process.
In the power role variation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1510 as shown in FIG.
In step S1501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
The MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode by referring to the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1501 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (when it is determined that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1502, the MPU 62 determines whether the low-frequency support mode is used. When the table (see FIG. 7 (a)) is read from the electric utility assignment table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 and it is determined in step S1501 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, in step S1503, the high frequency support mode is set. For this purpose, an electric role determination table (see FIG. 7B) is read from the electric role determination table storage area 63c of the ROM 63.

  After executing the processing of step S1502 or step S1503, the MPU 62 executes a power combination determination process in step S1504. In this electric combination determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the electric component release counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 with the electric combination determination table read in step S1502 or step S1503. Then, the result of the electrification success / failure lottery (the electrification success / failure result) is determined. In addition, as described above, the result of the electrification success / failure result is either “winning win” or “outgoing result”, which is the same regardless of whether the support mode is the low frequency support mode or the high frequency support mode. is there.

In step S <b> 1505, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning combination determination result determined in step S <b> 1504 is “small winning”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1505 that the result of the winning combination is “small winning”, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the small hit result in step S1506. In the stop result setting process for the small hit result, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information related to the pattern that is finally stopped and displayed on the accessory display unit 46. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the small hits result stored in advance in the ROM 63, thereby determining the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the accessory display unit 46.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1505 that the result of electrification winning / not-winning is not “small winning” (when it is determined that it is “outgoing result”), in step S1507, the MPU 62 Execute stop result setting processing. In the stop result setting process for the detachment result, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information related to the pattern that is finally stopped and displayed on the accessory display unit 46. Here, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the accessory display unit 46 by referring to the stop result table for the detachment result stored in advance in the ROM 63.

After executing the process of step S1506 or step S1507, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting a power combination display continuation time (a power combination display continuation period) in step S1508.
In the setting process of the electronic role display duration, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode by referring to the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 refers to the high frequency support mode electric role display duration table stored in the ROM 63 to determine the electric role display duration time. The determined electronic combination display duration is set in an electronic combination display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode (when the support mode is determined to be the low frequency support mode), the MPU 62 stores the power for the low frequency support mode stored in the ROM 63. By referring to the combination display duration table, the combination display duration is determined, and the determined combination display duration is set in the combination display display counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Here, the power role display duration time table for the high frequency support mode is set to shorten the power role display duration time compared to the power role display duration time table for the low frequency support mode. In other words, the electronic role display duration in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
In addition, the power role display duration determined by referring to the power role display duration table for the high frequency support mode is the power determined by referring to the power role display duration table for the low frequency support mode. This is different from the role display duration.
The electronic role display continuation time may be configured not to vary depending on the support mode. Further, the power combination display duration table for the high frequency support mode and the power combination display duration table for the low frequency support mode may be the same.

In step S1509, the MPU 62 sets a command for changing electric role. This command for changing an electric role includes information relating to an electric role display duration. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the command for changing electric role set in step S1509 to the sound emission control device 90.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the command for changing electric role transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

  In step S1510, the MPU 62 causes the accessory display unit 46 to start variable display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the power change start process.

Returning to the description of the electric power support process, the processes after step S1405 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the accessory display unit 46 is variably displayed. If the MPU 62 determines that the accessory display unit 46 is variably displayed, the processing after step S1405 is performed. Execute.

  In step S1405, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electronic character display continuation time set in step S1508 of the electronic utility fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the electric utility display duration counter of the RAM 64 has become “0” or less. Note that the value of the electronic role display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1405 that the electronic role display duration has not elapsed, in step S1406, the MPU 62 executes an electrical role change display process. In this electric role variation display process, the MPU 62 updates the display of the accessory display unit 46 during the variation display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the power combination support process.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1405 that the electric role display continuation time has elapsed, in step S1407, the MPU 62 executes an electric role change end process. In this electric role change end process, the MPU 62 stores the information stored in the RAM 64 in the process of step S1506 or step S1507 of the electric change change start process executed when the change display is started on the accessory display unit 46. The information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 46 is specified. Then, the MPU 62 executes display control of the accessory display unit 46 so that the pattern corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the accessory display unit 46 that is variably displayed at the end of the electric game game.

  Here, the display part 46 for an accessory has a display area narrower than that of the symbol GS for the electric character in the symbol display device 51, and the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the display part 46 for the character is the electric character in the symbol display device 51. It is difficult for the player to recognize compared to the two types of symbols consisting of the symbols “O” and “X” that are stopped and displayed on the symbol GS. Therefore, the player determines whether or not a small hit has been won by checking the electric symbol GS in the symbol display device 51 instead of the accessory display unit 46 at the end of the electric character game round. Therefore, the degree of attention to the display screen G can be increased.

In step S1408, the MPU 62 sets a command change end command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the command change end command set in step S1408 to the sound emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 ends the power combination support process.
The sound emission control device 90 executes a process for ending the effect of the electric role game times based on the electric role change end command transmitted from the MPU 62. Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the presentation of the electric role game times without requiring the reception of the electric role change end command.

<Electric accessory release processing>
FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the electric accessory release process.
In the electric accessory release process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1601 to S1604 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not it is in the opening / closing execution mode. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1601 that the opening / closing execution mode is being performed, the MPU 62 ends the electric accessory release process without executing the processes in and after step S1602. Therefore, when it is determined that the open / close execution mode is in effect, the opening / closing process of the electric accessory 37a is not executed regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each through gate 41 is detected.
The MPU 62 refers to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 to determine whether the open / close execution mode is in effect.

In step S1602, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variable display on the accessory display unit 46 has ended. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the variable display on the accessory display unit 46 has not ended, the MPU 62 ends the electric accessory release process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the variable display of the accessory display unit 46 has been completed, in step S1603, whether or not the result of winning / rejecting the electric role is a “small hit result”. Determine.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1603 that the result of the winning combination is not the “small hit result” (when the determination is that the winning combination result is the “outage result”), the MPU 62 ends the electric utility release process. .
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1603 that the electric combination winning / failing result is the “small hit result”, the MPU 62 executes an electric combination releasing execution process. In this electric combination opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes an opening / closing process of the electric combination 37a by executing drive control of the electric combination drive unit 37b. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the electric accessory release process.

<Electrical Configuration of Sound Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 26 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the sound emission control device and the display control device.
As shown in FIG. 26, the sound emission control device 90 includes a sound emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the sound emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 constituting the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element obtained by compounding a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the ROM 93 and the RAM 94.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply to hold the stored information. The ROM 93 has various areas such as an effect generation table storage area 93a and a reach data storage area 93b. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 93 is executed, and a volatile storage unit that requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. It is. The RAM 94 has various areas such as various counter areas 94a, various flag storage areas 94b, and a command list storage area 94c. These areas will be described in detail later.

The MPU 92 includes an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main controller 60 as described above. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the push button 25b. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to the various lamp units 23, 53, 54, the speaker unit 24, and the display control device 100.
The MPU 92 performs drive control of the various lamp units 23, 53, and 54 and the speaker unit 24 based on a command transmitted from the main control device 60.
In addition, the MPU 92 transmits a command obtained as a result of analyzing these commands to the display control apparatus 100. The sound emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of the signal line.

  The display control device 100 includes a display control board 101, an MPU 102, a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 that constitute the MPU 102, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Here, the MPU 102 is an element obtained by compounding a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104. The MPU 102, the VDP 105, the character ROM 106, and the video RAM 107 are mounted on the display control board 101.

  The MPU 102 analyzes a command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 and performs a predetermined calculation process based on this command to control the VDP 105. Specifically, the MPU 102 executes control of the VDP 105 by generating a command for the VDP 105.

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply when holding the stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data when the control program stored in the program ROM 103 is executed. The work RAM 104 is volatile that requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. It is a storage means.

  The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver installed in the symbol display device 51. Since the VDP 105 is an IC chip, it is also referred to as a “drawing chip”, and the entity should be said to be a microcomputer chip that incorporates firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads out image data from the character ROM 106 based on the contents of the command generated by the MPU 102 and stores the image data in the video RAM 107.

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the symbol display device 51. The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various designs, a color palette table that is referred to when determining the expression color of each dot of the bitmap image, and the like.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the symbol display device 51, and the display contents of the symbol display device 51 are changed by rewriting the contents of the video RAM 107.

<Timer interrupt processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the sound emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes a timer interrupt process that advances the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 periodically executes steps S1701 to S1705 (for example, at a cycle of 2 msec) as shown in FIG.

  In step S1701, the MPU 92 executes command storage processing. In this command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 stores the command in the RAM 94. Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading commands received from the MPU 62, and the MPU 92 stores commands in the ring buffer according to the order received from the MPU 62. The MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer according to the order stored in the ring buffer.

In step S1702, the MPU 92 executes an effect determination process based on the command received from the MPU 62. In the effect determining process, the MPU 92 determines an effect for game times, an effect for electric game times, an effect for variable entry execution mode, an effect for opening / closing execution mode, and the like. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 functions as an effect execution unit that executes an effect when a game ball enters the through gate 41.
In step S1703, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process based on the contents of the effect determination process in step S1702. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the various lamp units 23, 53, and 54 and executes the sound control of the speaker unit 24.

  In step S1704, the MPU 92 executes a demo display execution process based on the demo command received from the MPU 62. In the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demonstration display when a predetermined demonstration start waiting period (for example, 3 seconds) has elapsed without starting a new gaming time after the gaming time has ended. . Specifically, in the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the various lamp units 23, 53, and 54 and executes sound control of the speaker unit 24.

In step S1705, command transmission processing for transmitting the command set in the effect determination processing in step S1702 and the demonstration display execution processing in step S1704 to the display control apparatus 100 is executed. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100, and displays the various commands. If it is determined that the timing for transmitting to has been reached, the command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100.
Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the timer interrupt process.

<Regarding the effect determination process executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 28 shows a flowchart of the effect determination process.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 performs an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for game times, an effect for electric game times, an effect for variable entry execution mode, an effect for opening / closing execution mode, and the like. Execute. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801 to S1820 as shown in FIG.

In step S1801, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 are received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1801 that each command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S1810.
In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1801 that each command has been received, in step S1802, based on the content of the type command, whether the success / failure result is “big win” or not. Determine.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1802 that the winning / failing result is “big hit winning”, the MPU 92 executes processing from step S1803 onward.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1802 that the winning / failing result is not “big win”, the MPU 92 executes processing from step S1804 onward.

First, the processing (processing after step S1803) when it is determined in step S1802 that the MPU 92 determines that the winning / failing result is “big win” will be described.
In step S1803, the MPU 92 executes a jackpot symbol determination process. In this jackpot symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the distribution result is the “high frequency support mode result”, the same odd number as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the active line L. When the information related to the combination of symbols having numbers is determined and it is determined that the distribution result is the “low frequency support mode result”, the same even number as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the active line L The information concerning the combination of symbols having the number of is determined. Note that odd and even numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

Next, processing (processing after step S1804) when it is determined in step S1802 that the winning / failing result is not “winning winning” in the MPU 92 will be described.
In step S1804, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the result is “special winning” based on the content of the type command.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1804 that the winning / failing result is “special winning”, the MPU 92 executes processing from step S1805 onward.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1804 that the result is not “special winning” (if the result is determined to be “normally missed result”), the MPU 92 performs the processing from step S1807 onward. Execute.

First, processing (processing after step S1805) when it is determined in step S1804 that the winning / failing result is “special winning” in the MPU 92 will be described.
In step S1805, the MPU 92 executes a special winning symbol determination process. In this special winning symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines information relating to a combination of symbols having the same alphabetic character as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the active line L.

In step S1806, the MPU 92 executes a blade member release notification effect determination process.
Hereinafter, the blade member release notification effect determination process will be described in detail.

FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the determination process of the blade member release notification effect.
In the blade member release notification effect determination process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1901 to S1904 as shown in FIG.
In step S1901, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
The MPU 92 determines whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode by referring to the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1901 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 92 ends the blade member release notification effect determination processing without executing the processing in step S1902 and the subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1901 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (when it is determined that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1902, the MPU 92 changes the change command. Based on the contents, it is determined whether or not a game ball has won a prize in the lower operation port 37 with a win to the central through gate 411 as a trigger. Specifically, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the through gate information is 1. If the MPU 92 determines that the through gate information is 1, the MPU 92 determines that a game ball has won the lower operating port 37 with the winning of the central through gate 411 as a trigger. If the MPU 92 determines that the through gate information is not 1, the MPU 92 determines that no game ball has been won in the lower operating port 37 with the winning of the central through gate 411 as a trigger (to the right through gate 412). It is determined that a game ball has won the lower working port 37 using the winning as a trigger).

When the MPU 92 determines that the game ball has not won the lower operating port 37 with the winning of the central through gate 411 as a trigger, the MPU 92 determines the blade member release notification effect without executing the processing after step S1903. The process ends.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the game ball has won the lower operating port 37 with the winning of the central through gate 411 as a trigger, in step S1903, the MPU 92 executes setting processing for the blade member release notification effect. . This blade member release notification effect is a “special winning” in the winning / losing lottery after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed, indicating that the blade member 401a is opened. This is an effect to notify the player. The blade member release notification effect will be described in detail later.

  In step S1904, the MPU 92 sets a blade member release notification effect command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the blade member release notification effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This blade member release notification effect command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control apparatus 100 reads a data table for executing the blade member release notification effect on the symbol display device 51 from the program ROM 103 based on the blade member release notification effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 notifies the player that it will be “special winning” in the winning lottery after opening the variable display and displaying the predetermined stop result and releasing the blade member 401a.

FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating opening and closing of the blade member and timing for generating the blade member opening notification effect.
As shown in FIG. 30, the blade member release notification effect is generated after the symbol display is started by the symbol display device 51 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed. Specifically, the symbol display device 51 generates reach display after the high-speed variation period has elapsed after starting the symbol variation display. And after generating the reach display, the symbol display device 51 generates the blade member release notification effect before stopping the variable display of the symbol.

  Further, as described above, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variable display on the main display unit 45 has ended in step S903, and if it is determined that the variable display on the main display unit 45 has ended, step S904 is performed. In step S3, it is determined whether or not the winning / failing result is a win ("big hit winning" or "special winning"). If it is determined in step S904 that the result is a hit, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S905, and the second result is stored in the RAM 64. If it is determined that the result display unit flag is set, it indicates that the second result display unit 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37 starts to display the variation, so in step S906 Then, the variable entry execution mode flag is set in the RAM 64. In other words, the MPU 62, when the winning / failing result based on the winning of the game ball to the lower working port 37 is “special winning”, immediately after the variable display on the main display unit 45 is ended, The sphere execution mode is entered and the blade member 401a is opened. Specifically, the waiting period (PD1) from the end of the variable display on the main display unit 45 to the transition to the variable entry execution mode to release the blade member 401a is 0.5 sec. Further, the opening period (PD2) of the blade member 401a is 2 sec as described above.

  Here, after confirming the opening of the blade member 401a, the player maximizes the rotational operation amount of the launch handle 27, and the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area is the side portion where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed. When the game ball is guided to the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 by avoiding the variable display unit 43 or the like by shifting from the side of the side to the side of the opposite side, the blade After the member 401a is closed, the game ball reaches the right variable ball entry mechanism 40. Specifically, when the player starts to make a right strike, it takes about 3 seconds (minimum arrival time) to 5 seconds (maximum arrival time) until the game ball reaches the right variable ball entry mechanism 40. In other words, after the variable display on the main display unit 45 is finished, a standby period (PD1) until the blade member 401a is opened after shifting to the variable pitching execution mode, and an opening period (PD2) of the blade member 401a. Is a minimum arrival time (3 sec in the present embodiment) in which the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 81 due to the player rotating the launch handle 27 reaches the right variable entrance mechanism 40. Since it is shorter, the player cannot enter the game ball into the right variable ball entry mechanism 40.

  On the other hand, after confirming the occurrence of the blade member release notification effect, the player maximizes the amount of rotation of the launch handle 27, and the exit portion of the guide rail 34 forms the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area. When the game ball is guided to the right variable entry mechanism 40 by avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like by shifting from the side of the formed side to the side of the opposite side (the player starts right-handed Then, the game ball reaches the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 before the blade member 401a is closed. In other words, during the period (PD3) from the occurrence of the blade member opening notification effect to the closing of the blade member 401a (PD3), the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 81 as a result of the player rotating the launch handle 27 is Since it is longer than the maximum arrival time to reach the right variable pitching mechanism 40 (5 sec in this embodiment), the player can cause the right variable pitching mechanism 40 to enter the game ball. Specifically, in this embodiment, the period (PD3) from the generation of the blade member opening notification effect to the closing of the blade member 401a is 6 sec.

  In the present embodiment, the blade member release notification effect is generated before the predetermined stop result is displayed after the symbol display on the symbol display device 51 is started, but the predetermined stop result is displayed. May occur after.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the MPU 62 sets the waiting period (PD1) to 0.5 sec from when the variable display on the main display unit 45 is finished until the MPU 62 shifts to the variable entry execution mode and opens the blade member 401a. If the result of winning the game ball to the lower working port 37 is “special winning”, the display immediately changes to the variable entry execution mode after the main display unit 45 finishes displaying the change. The blade member 401a is opened, but it is not necessary to immediately shift to the variable pitch execution mode and open the blade member 401a. For example, after a predetermined time has passed, the variable pitch execution mode is entered. It may shift and open blade member 401a.

In addition, this predetermined time may be randomly determined each time when the result of winning or failing based on the winning of the game ball to the lower working port 37 is “special winning”.
If the predetermined time is determined at random, after the predetermined stop result is displayed on the symbol display device 51 and the player starts to make a right turn, the game ball enters the right variable pitching mechanism 40. Since it is necessary to continue firing the game ball until the blade member 401a is released, the game ball is greatly reduced when the time until the blade member 401a is opened is long.
On the other hand, if the period (PD3) from the generation of the blade member opening notification effect to the closing of the blade member 401a is set to 6 sec, after confirming the generation of the blade member opening notification effect, the player makes a right strike. When started, the blade member 401a is opened when the game ball reaches the right variable ball entry mechanism 40, and the game is performed until the blade member 401a is opened to allow the game ball to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 40. Since it is not necessary to continue firing the ball, even if the time until the blade member 401a is opened is long, the game ball is not greatly reduced.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the process of step S1902 is the first effect determination that determines whether or not the effect is executed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411 in the low-frequency support mode. It functions as a part.
In addition, the setting process of the blade member release notification effect provides information advantageous to the player when it is determined in step S1902 that the effect is executed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411. It functions as an advantageous information giving unit.
Therefore, in the present embodiment, the central through gate 411 has a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode (when a predetermined condition is satisfied). To grant.
In the present embodiment, the case where the main controller 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode is a case where a predetermined condition is satisfied, but other cases may be a case where the predetermined condition is satisfied. For example, in the low frequency support mode, a case where a predetermined number of game times or more is consumed may be a case where a predetermined condition is satisfied. In short, the first entry means may give the player a higher value than the second entry means when a predetermined condition is satisfied.

In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 gives information advantageous to the player when it is determined in the process of step S1902 that the game ball is entered into the central through gate 411. By providing the advantageous information providing unit, the central through gate 411 has given the player a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode.
On the other hand, for example, when the pachinko machine 10 determines that the presentation is to be executed in response to the game ball entering the right through gate 412 in the process of step S1902, the game ball is input to the right variable ball entry mechanism 40. The central through gate 411 has a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode. May be given to the player.
In short, the central through gate 411 only needs to be able to give a player a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode.

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the process after step S1807 will be described with reference to FIG.
Next, in step S1804, processing (step S1807 and subsequent processing) performed when it is determined by the MPU 92 that the success / failure result is not “special winning” (when it is determined that the success / failure result is “normally missed result”) will be described. To do.

  In step S1807, the MPU 92 executes a normal determination symbol determination process. In the normal determination symbol determination process, based on the content of the variation command, the MPU 92 executes the variation display of the pattern with the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. (Which main display part 45 of the first result display part 45a and the second result display part 45b is to execute the variable display) and reach display is generated based on the contents of the change command It is determined whether or not.

The MPU 92 determines that the change display of the pattern is to be executed with a winning at the upper working port 36 as a trigger, and if it is determined that the reach display is generated, the reach is finally reached as a stop result on the active line L. Information related to the combination of symbols to be displayed is determined. The combination of symbols for reach display is randomly determined by lottery or the like.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 92 determines information related to a symbol combination different from the symbol combination described above as a stop result to be finally stopped on the active line L. To do. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a combination of symbols having the same number and a combination of symbols different from the combination of symbols for reach display by lottery or the like.

In addition, the MPU 92 determines to execute the variable display of the picture triggered by the winning of the lower operating port 37, and when it is determined that the reach display is generated, the MPU 92 finally displays the stop on the active line L. The information concerning the combination of symbols for reach display is determined.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 92 determines information related to a symbol combination different from the symbol combination described above as a stop result to be finally stopped on the active line L. To do. Specifically, the MPU 92 determines a combination of symbols different from both a combination of symbols having the same alphabetic character and a combination of symbols for reach display.

  After executing the process of step S1803, step S1806, or step S1807, the MPU 92 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1808. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command by referring to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects the production duration (production duration) and the content of the production as the production pattern. In step S1808, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a notice display.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1703 described above based on the selected effect pattern.

  In step S1809, the MPU 92 sets a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in step S1803, step S1806, or step S1807, and a pattern command including the effect pattern selected in step S1808. Then, the MPU 92 stores the stop result command and the pattern command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. These stop result commands and pattern commands are transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.

  Based on the stop result command and the pattern command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table for executing the game-turn effect on the symbol display device 51 from the program ROM 103. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 executes an effect for game times based on the effect pattern selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90, and finally displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 on the active line L. Stop display.

After executing the process of step S1809 or when it is determined in step S1801 that the change command and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1810.
In step S1810, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variable pitching execution mode command (blade member release command, V winning success command, or V winning failure command) transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1810 that it has not received the command for the variable pitch execution mode, it executes the processing from step S1813.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1810 that it has received the command for the variable pitch execution mode, it executes a process for determining the effect for the variable pitch execution mode in step S1811. In this variable entry execution mode effect determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the blade member release command has been received in step S1810, the MPU 92 refers to an effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93. An effect pattern corresponding to the opening of the blade member 401a is selected. If the MPU 92 determines that the V winning success command has been received in step S1810, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the success of the V winning by referring to the effect table stored in the ROM 93 in advance. If it is determined in step S1810 that the V winning failure command has been received, an effect pattern corresponding to the V winning failure is selected by referring to an effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93.

  In step S1812, the MPU 92 sets a command for a variable pitch execution mode including an effect for the variable pitch execution mode selected in step S1811. Then, the MPU 92 stores the command for the variable pitching execution mode in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The command for the variable entry execution mode is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control apparatus 100 produces an effect for the variable pitch execution mode (opening the blade member 401a, success of the V prize, or failure of the V prize based on the command for the variable pitch execution mode transmitted from the MPU 92. The data table for executing the effect corresponding to the symbol) on the symbol display device 51 is read from the program ROM 103. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 executes the effect for the variable pitch execution mode, and notifies the player that the blade member 401a has been opened, that the V winning has been successful, or that the V winning has been successful.

The MPU 92 executes the processing after step S1813 after executing the processing of step S1812 or when determining in step S1810 that the command for the variable pitching execution mode has not been received.
In step S <b> 1813, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the power combination change command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1813 that it has not received the command for fluctuating electric role, the MPU 92 executes processing in step S1816 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1813 that it has received the command for changing electric role, in step S1814, the MPU 92 executes a symbol determination process corresponding to the type of result of determining whether or not the electric role is successful. In this symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the result of the winning combination is “small hit result”, the symbol “GS” in the symbol display device 51 in the symbol display device 51 is finally displayed as a stop result. When the information related to the symbol “” is determined and it is determined that the game result is “out-of-game result”, the stop result of “×” is finally displayed on the symbol GS for symbol in the symbol display device 51 as a stop result. Determine information about the symbol.

  In step S1815, the MPU 92 sets an electric utility stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in the process of step S1814. Then, the MPU 92 stores the command stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This command stop result command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table for executing an effect for the electric role game turn from the program ROM 103 based on the electric role stop result command transmitted from the MPU 92. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 finally stops and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90.

The MPU 92 executes the processing from step S1816 onward after executing the processing of step S1815 or when it is determined in step S1813 that the command for changing electric role has not been received.
In step S1816, the MPU 92 determines whether an opening command has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1816 that the opening command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S1820.
In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1816 that the opening command has been received, the MPU 92 determines the type of the distribution result in step S1817 based on the contents of the opening command.

In step S1818, the MPU 92 executes an effect determination process for the opening / closing execution mode corresponding to the type of the distribution result determined in step S1817. In the determination process of the effect for the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 92 selects the effect A as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode when it is determined in step S1817 that the game result is the “high frequency support mode result”. When the MPU 92 determines that the distribution result is the “low frequency support mode result”, the MPU 92 selects the effect B as an effect for the opening / closing execution mode.
It should be noted that the duration time of the effects A and B corresponds to the time when the opening / closing of the special prize opening 38a is executed 15 times in the opening / closing execution mode.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1703 based on the selection result of the effect A and the effect B.

In step S1819, the MPU 92 sets an opening / closing execution mode command including information related to the effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected in step S1818. The opening / closing execution mode command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.
Based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table for executing the effect for the opening / closing execution mode on the symbol display device 51 from the program ROM 103. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 executes the effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90.

After executing the process of step S1819 or when it is determined in step S1816 that the opening command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process after step S1820.
In step S1820, the MPU 92 executes other processing. In other processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for advancing the effect for the opening / closing execution mode based on, for example, the opening command, closing command, and ending command transmitted from the MPU 62. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect determination process.

<Relationship between game results and game status>
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result and the game state based on the execution of various processes will be described.
FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating a relationship between a game result and a game state or the like. Specifically, FIG. 31 is a diagram showing the relationship between the game results excluding “normally lost results” and the game states, and the game results are arranged in the column direction, and the game states and the like are arranged in the row direction.
As shown in FIG. 31, the pachinko machine 10 distributes the “high frequency support mode result” and the “low frequency support mode result” based on the winning to the upper working port 36 as the game result excluding the “normally off result”. The result and the distribution result of the “high frequency support mode result” based on the winning to the lower working port 37 are included.

  Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result excluding the “normally lost result” and the game state will be described. In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the gaming result and the gaming state as follows, but the combination of the gaming result and the gaming state, the contents of the gaming result, and The contents such as the game state are arbitrary.

  In the “high frequency support mode result” based on the winning to the upper working port 36, the large winning port 38a is opened and closed 15 times. In addition, in the “high frequency support mode result” based on the winning to the upper working port 36, the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode is effect A. . Further, in the “high frequency support mode result” based on the winning to the upper working port 36, the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode.

  In the “low frequency support mode result” based on the winning at the upper working port 36, the large winning port 38a is opened and closed 15 times. In addition, in the “low frequency support mode result” based on the winning to the upper working port 36, the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode is the effect B . Further, in the “low frequency support mode result” based on the winning to the upper working port 36, the support mode shifts to the low frequency support mode.

  In the “high frequency support mode result” based on winning at the lower operating port 37, opening / closing of the large winning port 38a is executed 15 times. In addition, in the “high frequency support mode result” based on the winning to the lower working port 37, the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same alphabetical characters, and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode is effect A. Furthermore, in the “high frequency support mode result” based on winning in the lower working port 37, the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode.

  Therefore, the player grasps that the distribution result is the “high frequency support mode result” or the “low frequency support mode result” by confirming the stop result and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. can do.

<About the flow of the game ball entering the blade member opening notification effect and the right side variable ball entry mechanism>
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an effect for a game turn when a game ball is won at the lower operation port triggered by winning at the central through gate in the low frequency support mode. In other words, FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an effect for game times when a blade member release notification effect occurs.
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 when the result of the success / failure is “special winning”.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4) as shown in FIG. By displaying the same symbol combination (“A” in the present embodiment) and indicating the stop result, the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is variably displayed in this state to generate reach display. Transition to reach period.

  In this reach period, the MPU 102 generates a blade member release notification effect based on the blade member release notification effect command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 102 displays a character above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 and notifies the player to make a right strike at the character's dialogue.

  Thereafter, based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 sets a combination of symbols having the same alphabetic characters ("AAA" in this embodiment) as the stop result as shown in FIG. 32C. The result of the lottery determination is notified by stopping and displaying on L.

After causing the MPU 102 to stop and display the combination of symbols having the same alphabetical characters on the effective line L, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c as shown in FIG. The blade member 401a is set to an open state.
Further, the MPU 102 generates an effect for notifying the player of the opening of the blade member based on the blade member opening command received from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 displays a character on the entire surface of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and notifies the player to make a right strike at the character line.

Based on the variable pitch execution mode command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 32E, responds to the variable pitch execution mode effect (in this embodiment, the success of V winning). To perform).
It should be noted that, in the effect for the variable entry execution mode, the MPU 102 executes the effect corresponding to the success of the V prize when the game ball is won (the V entry) in the right entrance 404 in the variable entry execution mode. Then, when the game ball has not won a prize (V prize) at the right entrance slot 404, an effect corresponding to the failure of the V prize is executed.

FIG. 33 is an enlarged view showing the periphery of the right side variable pitching mechanism.
After the MPU 62 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same alphabetic characters on the effective line L in the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 33 (A), by executing the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c, The blade member 401a is set to an open state (see arrow in the figure).
Here, as described above, after confirming the occurrence of the blade member release notification effect, when the player starts to make a right turn, the game ball reaches the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 before the blade member 401a is closed. It is like that.

The MPU 62 sets the plate 403a to the open state by executing the drive control of the plate drive unit 403c as shown in FIG. 33B when 1 sec has elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state. After setting (see the arrow in the figure) and elapse of a predetermined time (in this embodiment, 0.2 sec), the plate 403a is set in the closed state (see the arrow in FIG. 33C).
Then, the MPU 62, as shown in FIG. 33 (C), when a game ball wins (V winning) in the right entrance 404 or when 2 seconds elapses after the blade member 401a is set to the open state. The blade member 401a is set to a closed state by executing drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c (see the arrow in the figure).

FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an effect for a game turn when a game ball is won at the lower operation port triggered by winning at the right through gate in the low frequency support mode. In other words, FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an effect for game times when the blade member release notification effect does not occur.
FIG. 34 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 when the result of the success / failure is “special winning”.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), as shown in FIG. By displaying the same symbol combination (“A” in the present embodiment) and indicating the stop result, the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is variably displayed in this state to generate reach display. Transition to reach period.

  In this reach period, the MPU 102 does not receive the blade member release notification effect command from the MPU 92, and therefore does not generate the blade member release notification effect as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 102 does not display a character above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and does not notify the player to make a right strike at the character's dialogue.

  After that, based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 applies a combination of symbols having the same alphabetic characters ("AAA" in this embodiment) as the stop result as shown in FIG. 34C. The result of the lottery determination is notified by stopping and displaying on L.

After causing the MPU 102 to stop and display the combination of symbols having the same alphabetic characters on the effective line L, the MPU 62 performs drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c as shown in FIG. The blade member 401a is set to an open state.
Further, the MPU 102 generates an effect for notifying the player of the opening of the blade member based on the blade member opening command received from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 displays a character on the entire surface of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and notifies the player to make a right strike at the character line.

Based on the variable pitch execution mode command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 produces an effect for the variable pitch execution mode (corresponding to the V winning failure in this embodiment) as shown in FIG. To perform).
It should be noted that, in the effect for the variable entry execution mode, the MPU 102 executes the effect corresponding to the success of the V prize when the game ball is won (the V entry) in the right entrance 404 in the variable entry execution mode. Then, when the game ball has not won a prize (V prize) at the right entrance slot 404, an effect corresponding to the failure of the V prize is executed.

FIG. 35 is an enlarged view showing the periphery of the right side variable pitching mechanism.
After the MPU 62 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same alphabetic characters on the effective line L in the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 35 (A), by executing the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c, The blade member 401a is set to an open state (see arrow in the figure).
Here, as described above, when the player starts to make a right turn after confirming the opening of the blade member 401a, the game ball reaches the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 after the blade member 401a is closed. ing.

The MPU 62 sets the plate 403a to the open state by executing the drive control of the plate drive unit 403c as shown in FIG. 35B when 1 sec has elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state. After setting (see the arrow in the figure) and elapse of a predetermined time (in this embodiment, 0.2 sec), the plate 403a is set in the closed state (see the arrow in FIG. 35C).
Then, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the blade member driving unit 401c as shown in FIG. 35C when 2 seconds have elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state, thereby performing the blade member 401a. Is set to the closed state (see arrow in the figure).

As described above, in the present embodiment, the right variable pitching mechanism 40 moves toward the right side (second route) of the game area as a result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the through gate 41 as a trigger. It functions as a variable pitching mechanism that makes it possible to temporarily enter the game balls launched in this way.
Further, in the present embodiment, when the sound emission control device 90 determines in the process of step S1810 that an effect is to be executed triggered by the entry of a game ball into the right through gate 412, the right light entry mechanism 40 It functions as a normal information providing unit that provides information (see FIG. 34D) to the player at a timing when the game ball cannot enter. At this time, the process of step S1810 functions as a second effect determination unit that determines whether or not the effect is executed when the game ball enters the right through gate 412 in the low frequency support mode.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, the setting process of the blade member release notification effect is performed on the right side when it is determined in step S1902 that the effect is to be executed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411. Information (blade member opening notification effect) is given to the player at a timing at which a game ball can enter the variable ball entry mechanism 40.

In the present embodiment, the setting process of the blade member release notification effect is a variable on the right-hand side when it is determined in step S1902 that the effect is to be executed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411. Information that is advantageous to the player is given by giving information to the player at a timing when the game ball can enter the mechanism 40, but information that is advantageous to other players may be given. .
In short, the advantageous information giving unit gives information advantageous to the player when it is determined by the first production determination unit that the production is executed when the game ball enters the first ball entry means. I can do it.

  Further, in this embodiment, the MPU 102 generates a reach display after the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, shifts to the reach period, and generates a blade member release notification effect. However, before generating the reach display, the MPU 102 An opening notification effect may be generated. Then, after confirming the occurrence of the reach display, when the player starts to make a right turn, after the blade member 401a is closed, the game ball reaches the right variable ball entry mechanism 40. Since the person cannot start right-handed when the reach display is generated, the person is forced to start right-handed when the blade member release notification effect is generated. In other words, the blade member opening notification effect is more advantageous information for the player.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the MPU 102 releases the blade member 401a by generating a reach display after the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed and shifting to the reach period, and then performing drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c. Although the state is set, the blade member 401a may be set to the open state by executing the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c without causing reach display after the high-speed fluctuation period. According to this, since the player cannot start right-handed when the reach display is generated, the player is forced to start right-handed when the blade member release notification effect is generated. In other words, the blade member opening notification effect is more advantageous information for the player.

Here, as described above, in the high-frequency support mode, the player plays a game while firing the game ball with the launch handle 27 toward the right side of the game area so as not to reduce the game ball so much. be able to. Therefore, by setting so that the game ball can easily enter the right through gate 412, the satisfaction of the player is improved, and conversely, it is set so that the game ball does not easily enter the right through gate 412. As a result, the player's satisfaction level is lowered.
However, the value given to the player at the right through-gate 412 is more than the value given to the player at the central through-gate 411 simply by setting the game ball to enter the right through-gate 412 easily. Therefore, in the low-frequency support mode, the player may launch a game ball with the launch handle 27 toward the right side of the game area, and the gaming performance of the gaming machine may be reduced. There is a problem that there is.

On the other hand, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the central through gate 411 has a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode. Therefore, in the low frequency support mode, the player launches a game ball with the launch handle 27 toward the left side of the game area.
Therefore, it is possible to improve the player's satisfaction in the high frequency support mode by setting the game ball so that the game ball can easily enter the right through gate 412, and the player can play the game in the low frequency support mode. A game ball is launched by the launch handle 27 toward the left side of the area.

According to the present embodiment as described above, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) When the central through gate 411 shifts to the low frequency support mode in the main controller 60, the central through gate 411 gives the player a higher value than the right through gate 412. Then, the game ball is launched by the launch handle 27 toward the left side of the game area. Therefore, for example, in the low frequency support mode, the game ball is launched by the launch handle 27 toward the left side of the game area, and in the high frequency support mode, the game ball is launched by the launch handle 27 toward the right side of the game area. When the pachinko machine 10 is configured so as to notify the player of information prompting the player to perform the game, the player launches the game ball with the launch handle 27 without countering the information notified by the pachinko machine 10. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can improve its playability.

(2) The blade member release notification effect setting process gives information advantageous to the player when it is determined in the process of step S1902 that the effect is to be executed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411. Therefore, the central through gate 411 can give a player a higher value than the right through gate 412.
(3) The sound emission control device 90 gives information to the player at a timing when the game ball cannot enter the right variable entrance mechanism 40, and the setting process of the blade member release notification effect is performed by the right variable entrance mechanism. Since information is given to the player at a timing when a game ball can enter 40, the central through gate 411 can give the player a higher value than the right through gate 412.

[Second Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described are assigned the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.

FIG. 36 is a front view of a game board according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 includes an upper operating port 36 and two through gates 41, and the through gate 41 includes a central through gate 411 provided above the upper operating port 36, and a central portion. And a right through gate 412 provided on the right side.
On the other hand, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 36, the game board 31 includes an upper operation port 36A and two through gates 41. The through gate 41 is provided below the upper operation port 36A. The central through gate 411A is provided, and the right through gate 412 is provided on the right side of the central portion. In other words, in the present embodiment, the positions and shapes of the upper operation port 36A and the central through gate 411A are opposite to those in the first embodiment.

The upper operating port 36A is provided at the same position as the central through gate 411 in the first embodiment, and is formed in the same gate shape as the central through gate 411. Here, entering the upper working port 36A means that the game area continues to flow down without being discharged from the game area after passing through a gate provided in the game area. The entrance to the upper operating port 36A is also expressed as a winning as well as the entrance to various winning entrances.
Therefore, the game ball that has entered the upper operation port 36A is not discharged from the game area, continues to flow down in the game area, and enters the central through gate 411A as it is.
The upper operation port 36A has the same function as the upper operation port 36 in the first embodiment except for the shape and the positional relationship with the central through gate 411A.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the upper operation port 36A allows the game ball launched by the launch handle 27 to enter the center (first path) of the game area, and then discharges it from the game area. It functions as a reference pitching means for continuing the flow down of the game area without being lost.
Then, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 execute a variable display triggered by the game ball entering the upper operating port 36A, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the game ball to the upper operating port 36A. It functions as a display means for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the incoming ball.

The central through gate 411A is provided at the same position as the upper working port 36 in the first embodiment, and is formed in the same opening as the upper working port 36. Here, entering the central through gate 411A means that a game ball passes through a predetermined opening. The ball entering the central through gate 411A is also expressed as a win, as in the case of entering various winning ports.
The central through gate 411A has the same function as the central through gate 411 in the first embodiment except for its shape and the positional relationship with the upper working port 36A.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the central through gate 411A is provided below the upper operation port 36A, so that the game ball that has continued to flow down in the game area at the upper operation port 36A is entered. It functions as a ball entry means. Further, the right through gate 412 functions as a second entry means that does not allow a game ball that has continued to flow down in the game area at the upper operation port 36A to enter.

  In the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the power role variation start process is different from that in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the power change start process in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 37 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the electric role change start process.
In the power change variation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1510 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 37, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1506 or step S1507, then executes steps S1511A to S1513A, executes step S1509A instead of step S1509, and performs other processing. The steps are executed as in the first embodiment.

After executing the processing of step S1506 or step S1507, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode in step S1511A.
The MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode by referring to the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1511A that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1508 onward as in the first embodiment.
In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1511A that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (when it is determined that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), the main display unit 45 in step S1512A. It is determined whether or not the first result display unit 45a is displaying the fluctuation, that is, whether or not the game round is in progress.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1512A that the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 is in a variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1508 onward as in the first embodiment.
Here, in the present embodiment, as described above, the game ball that has entered the upper working port 36A continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area, and enters the central through gate 411A as it is. In the electric role game based on winning in the central through gate 411A, the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 is always in a variable display based on winning in the upper working port 36A.

Therefore, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1512A that the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 is in the variable display mode, the MPU 62 determines that the game is based on winning in the central through gate 411A. Then, in step S1508, a setting process of the electric role display continuation time (electric role display continuation period) is executed.
In the setting process of the electronic role display duration, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode by referring to the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 refers to the high frequency support mode electric role display duration table stored in the ROM 63 to determine the electric role display duration time. The determined electronic combination display duration is set in an electronic combination display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode (when the support mode is determined to be the low frequency support mode), the MPU 62 stores the power for the low frequency support mode stored in the ROM 63. By referring to the combination display duration table, the combination display duration is determined, and the determined combination display duration is set in the combination display display counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Here, the power role display duration time table for the high frequency support mode is set to shorten the power role display duration time compared to the power role display duration time table for the low frequency support mode. In other words, the electronic role display duration in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
In addition, the power role display duration determined by referring to the power role display duration table for the high frequency support mode is the power determined by referring to the power role display duration table for the low frequency support mode. This is different from the role display duration.
The electronic role display continuation time may be configured not to vary depending on the support mode. Further, the power combination display duration table for the high frequency support mode and the power combination display duration table for the low frequency support mode may be the same.

On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1512A that the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 is not in a variable display, the MPU 62 is an electric game game based on winning a prize to the right through gate 412. In step S1513A, a long-term telegraph display duration (long-term telecom display duration) setting process is executed.
Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the electric power support process is executing a variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36A, the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A. When it is determined and the change display based on the game ball entering the upper working port 36A is not executed, it functions as a ball entry determining means for determining that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412. In other words, in the electric power support process, when a game ball enters each through gate 41, it is determined whether the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A or the right through gate 412. Functions as a means.

In the setting process of the long-term telegraph display duration, the MPU 62 determines the long-term telegram display duration by referring to the long-term telegram display duration table stored in the ROM 63, and the determined long-term telegraph display continuation The time is set in the electric utility display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
In the present embodiment, the long-term telegraph display duration is determined by referring to the long-term telegram display duration table stored in the ROM 63, but it is randomly selected from a plurality of durations by lottery or the like. It may be determined, or may be determined with a fixed duration.

  Here, the long-term telegraph display duration table is sufficient for the telegraph display duration compared to the telegraph display duration table for the low frequency support mode and the telegraph display duration table for the high frequency support mode. Is set to be a long time (for example, 60 sec). In other words, the long-term power combination display duration is sufficiently longer than the power combination display duration in the low frequency support mode and the power combination display duration in the high frequency support mode.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the long-term telegraph display duration setting process is based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412 when the main control device 60 shifts to the low-frequency support mode. By setting the duration of the variation display to be longer than the duration of the variation display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411A, the variation display based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412 It functions as a fluctuation state setting means for setting the state of the above to be more disadvantageous than the state of fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411A.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the setting process of the long-term electric role display continuation time is performed by changing the duration of the variable display when the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A in the electric power support process. When the combination display duration (normal duration) is set, and it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412 in the electronic combination support process, the variation display duration is determined from the electronic combination display duration. Also set the long-term power duty display duration (long-term duration).

After executing the process of step S1508 or the process of step S1513A, the MPU 62 sets a command for changing the electric role in step S1509A. This command for changing an electric role includes information related to an electric role display duration or a long-term electric role display duration. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the power combination changing command set in step S1509A to the sound emission control device 90.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the command for changing electric role transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

  In step S1510, the MPU 62 causes the accessory display unit 46 to start variable display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the power change start process.

According to the present embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved in addition to the operations and effects similar to those of the first embodiment.
(1) When the main control device 60 shifts to the low-frequency support mode, the long-term telegraph display duration setting process sets the state of the variable display based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412 to the center. The center through gate 411A can give a player a higher value than the right through gate 412 because it is set to be disadvantageous as compared to the state of variation display based on the game ball entering the through gate 411A. it can. Therefore, in the low-frequency support mode, the player launches a game ball with the launch handle 27 toward the center (first path) of the game area.

(2) In the setting process of the long-term power display duration, the duration of the variable display based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412 is changed to the continuous display of the variable display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411A. Since it is set to be longer than the time, the state of the fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412 is longer than the state of the fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411A. It will impair efficiency. Therefore, in the setting process of the long-term electric role display duration, the state of the fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412 is changed from the state of the fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411A. Can be set to be disadvantaged.

(3) Since the pachinko machine 10 is equipped with a power support process, even if the pachinko machine 10 includes a plurality of through gates 41 having the same function, either the central through gate 411A or the right through gate 412 is used. It can be determined whether a game ball has entered. In addition, in the setting process of the long-term electric role display duration, when it is determined that the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A in the electric role support processing, the duration of the variable display is changed to the electric role display duration. When it is determined that a game ball has entered the right through gate 412 in the power support process, the duration of the variable display is set to a long-term power display display duration longer than the power display display duration. Therefore, the central through gate 411A can give the player a higher value than the right through gate 412. Therefore, in the low-frequency support mode, the player launches a game ball with the launch handle 27 toward the center (first path) of the game area.

(4) The game ball that has entered the upper operating port 36A continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area, and enters the central through gate 411A as it is, so that the game ball enters the central through gate 411A. In the case of a ball, the change display based on the game ball entering the upper working port 36A is always executed. Then, in the case where the change display based on the game ball entering the upper operation port 36A is executed, the electric support support process determines that the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A, and the upper operation is performed. When the change display based on the game ball entering the mouth 36A is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412. In other words, when the game ball enters each through gate 41, the electric support support process refers to whether or not the variation display based on the ball entering the upper working port 36A is being executed, Since it can be determined whether the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A or the right through gate 412, the configuration of the entrance determination means can be diversified.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment, and modifications, improvements, and the like within the scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
For example, in this embodiment, by reversing the positions and shapes of the upper operation port 36A and the central through gate 411A from the first embodiment, the main display is performed in the electric game game based on winning in the central through gate 411A. The first result display unit 45a of the unit 45 is always in a variable display based on winning in the upper working port 36A.

  On the other hand, for example, by making the position and shape of the upper operating port 36 and the central through gate 411 the same as those in the first embodiment, by delaying the start of the electric game for the winning to the central through gate 411, In the electric game game based on winning in the central through gate 411, the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 may be in a variable display based on winning in the upper working port 36 without fail.

  Specifically, in the present modification, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that of the present embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the power support process is different from that in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the power support process in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric role support process according to a modification of the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the power combination support process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1401 to S1408 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 38, the MPU 62 executes step S1409A after executing the process of step S1403 and before executing step S1404, and performs the other steps in the same manner as in this embodiment. Execute.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1403 that a game ball has won one of the through gates 41 (when it is determined that the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 is stored in the lottery counter buffer). In step S1409A, it is determined whether 1 sec as a delay time (delay period) has elapsed.
Here, when the MPU 62 first determines that a game ball has won one of the through gates 41 in step S1403, the MPU 62 counts the number of executions of the process in step S1409A and reaches 500 times. It is determined that 1 sec (delay time) has elapsed. The configuration for measuring the delay time is arbitrary. For example, the delay time may be measured using a real-time clock. In addition, when the MPU 62 executes the power change start process, the MPU 62 resets the count value.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1409A that 1 sec has not elapsed, the MPU 62 terminates the power combination support process without executing the processes in and after step S1404.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1409A that 1 sec has elapsed, in step S1404, the MPU 62 executes a power combination fluctuation start process. After that, the MPU 62 ends the power combination support process.
Therefore, the process of step S1409A functions as a lottery delay unit that delays the execution of the variable display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411.

In this modification, the positions and shapes of the upper operation port 36 and the central through gate 411 are the same as those in the first embodiment.
Therefore, the central through gate 411 allows the game ball launched by the launch handle 27 to enter the center (first path) of the game area, and then flows down the game area without discharging from the game area. It functions as the first ball entry means to be continued.
In addition, the upper operation port 36 is provided below the central through gate 411, thereby functioning as a reference entrance means for entering a game ball that has continued to flow down the game area at the central through gate 411.

  Further, in the present modification, in the case where the electric power support process is executing a variable display based on the game ball entering the upper working port 36, the game ball has entered the central through gate 411. If it is determined that the change display based on the game ball entering the upper working port 36 is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412.

  According to this modified example, the game ball that has entered the central through gate 411 continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area, and enters the upper operation port 36 as it is. Further, the electric role support process includes the process of step S1409A for delaying the execution of the variable display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411. Therefore, when a game ball enters the central through gate 411, the variation display based on the game ball entering the upper operation port 36 is always executed. Then, in the case where the change display based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 is being executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the central through gate 411, and the electric role support process determines that the game ball has entered the upper operation port 36. When the change display based on the game ball entering the mouth 36 is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412. In other words, when the game ball enters each through gate 41, the power support process is performed by referring to whether or not the variable display based on the ball entering the upper working port 36 is being executed. Since it can be determined which of the center through gate 411 and the right through gate 412 the game ball has entered, the configuration of the entrance determination means can be diversified.

Further, in this embodiment and this modification, when the game ball enters each through gate 41, the ball entry determination means executes a variation display based on the ball entered into the upper working ports 36 and 36 </ b> A. Whether or not the game ball has entered the central through gate 411, 411A or the right through gate 412 was determined by referring to whether or not.
On the other hand, when the detection sensor 50f detects that a game ball has entered (when the central through gate flag is set in the RAM 64), the incoming ball judging means detects the central through gates 411 and 411A. When it is determined that a game ball has entered and the detection sensor 50g detects that a game ball has entered (when the central through gate flag is not set in the RAM 64), a game is entered in the right through gate 412. You may comprise so that it may determine with the ball | bowl having entered.
In this case, the detection sensor 50f functions as a first detection unit that detects that a game ball has entered the central through gates 411 and 411A, and the detection sensor 50g has a game ball that has entered the right through gate 412. It functions as a second detection unit that detects that a ball has been made.

  According to this, since the ball entering determination means includes the detection sensor 50f and the detection sensor 50g, when a game ball enters each through gate 41, the central through gate 411, 411A and the right through gate It is possible to reliably determine which of 412 the game ball has entered, and the configuration of the entrance determination means can be simplified.

Further, in this embodiment and this modification, when the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode, the fluctuation state setting means displays a fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412. The state is set to be more disadvantageous than the state of the variable display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411A.
On the other hand, the fluctuation state setting means is not limited to the case where the state transition means has shifted to the normal gaming state, but in other cases, the fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means May be set to be more disadvantageous than the state of variation display based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means. In short, the fluctuation state setting means is more disadvantageous than the fluctuation display state based on the entrance of the game ball into the first entry means, with the change display state based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means. Should be set to be.

In this embodiment and this modification, the change state setting means changes the duration of the change display based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412 based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411A. By setting so as to be longer than the display duration, the state of the variable display based on the game ball entering the right through gate 412 is changed to the state of the variable display based on the game ball entering the central through gate 411A. Was set to be more disadvantageous.
On the other hand, the variation state setting means, for example, determines the winning probability of the variation display based on the entrance of the game ball to the right through gate 412 and the winning probability of the variation display based on the entrance of the game ball to the central through gate 411A. By setting it to be lower, the state of variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the right through gate 412 is disadvantageous than the state of variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the central through gate 411A. You may set so that. In short, the fluctuation state setting means is more disadvantageous than the fluctuation display state based on the entrance of the game ball into the first entry means, with the change display state based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means. Should be set to be.

Further, in the present embodiment and this modification, the pachinko machine 10 includes the central through gates 411 and 411A, the right through gate 412, and the upper operation ports 36 and 36A as the ball entry means. The central through gates 411 and 411A and the right through gate 412 function as normal entrance means for executing an internal lottery by entering the game balls launched by the launch handle 27. The upper operation ports 36, 36A function as reference entrance means for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball launched by the launch handle 27.
In addition, the main display unit 45, the accessory display unit 46, and the symbol display device 51 execute variable display triggered by the entry of a game ball into the ball entry means, and as a stop result of the variable display, It functions as a display means for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the game ball entering the ball means.
The long-term telegraph display duration setting process is performed when the variation display based on the game ball entering the upper operation port 36, 36A is executed and when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36, 36A. It functions as a variation state setting means for setting the variation display state based on the ball entering each through gate 41 differently from the case where the variation display based is not executed.

And in this embodiment and this modification, the setting process of the long-term electric role display continuation time includes the case where the variable display based on the game ball entering the upper operation port 36, 36A is executed, and the upper operation port Focusing on the fact that the state of the variation display based on the entrance to each through gate 41 is set differently from the case where the variation display based on the entrance of the game ball to 36, 36A is not executed, It can also be considered as a new invention capable of diversifying the state of the variable display based on the entrance to each through gate 41 and improving the game performance of the gaming machine.
When attention is paid to this point, the upper operation port 36A and the central through gate 411A do not need to be arranged close to each other as in the present embodiment and the present modification, and may be arranged apart from each other. Further, the upper working port 36 and the central through gate 411 need not be disposed close to each other as in the present embodiment and the present modification, and may be disposed apart from each other.

[Third Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described are assigned the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.

<Determination process of production pattern>
In the first embodiment, after executing the process of step S1803, step S1806, or step S1807, the MPU 92 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1808.
In this effect pattern determination process, for example, an effect pattern corresponding to reach display is selected. The reach display is generated at a predetermined timing from the start to the end of the game times. After the symbol display is started on the symbol display device 51, the normal reach that occurs after the high-speed fluctuation period has passed and the occurrence of this normal reach And a super reach that occurs after the normal reach period elapses. This super reach ends after the super reach period has elapsed, and the symbol display device 51 stops the variable display of symbols.

  Thus, in this embodiment, the symbol display device 51 functions as a variable display unit that displays a plurality of symbols in a variable manner. In addition, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 reach display as an expected effect that causes the player to expect that the game state is shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player by the symbol display device 51. Is functioning as an expected performance executing means for executing.

In the present embodiment, an effect pattern corresponding to super reach among effect patterns corresponding to reach display selected in the effect pattern determination process will be described in detail.
In addition, in this embodiment, description except the effect pattern corresponding to super reach among the effect patterns selected by the determination process of this effect pattern is abbreviate | omitted.

FIG. 39 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect pattern determination process according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1808 of the effect determination process. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2001 to S2008 as shown in FIG.

  In step S2001, the MPU 92 determines whether to generate super reach. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration based on the contents of the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62, and determines whether or not this display duration corresponds to the occurrence of super reach. To determine whether to generate super reach.

If the MPU 92 determines not to generate super reach, the MPU 92 executes the effect pattern determination process without executing the processes in and after step S2002.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines to generate super reach, the MPU 92 executes story selection processing in step S2002. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects one of the three stories of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation. Here, these three stories are structured as if they are continuous in time series in the order of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation.

Thus, in this embodiment, the reach display (super reach) includes three stories that are continuous in time series.
In the present embodiment, the story selection process functions as a story selection unit that selects one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story.
In this embodiment, the reach display includes three stories that are continuous in time series, but may include two stories or may include four or more stories. In short, the reach display only needs to include a plurality of stories that are continuous in time series.

Here, the low-expected story is a story that is difficult to select when the result of the winning / losing lottery is “big win”, and is easy to be selected when the result is “ordinary loss result”.
A high-expected story is a story that is easy to select when the result of the winning / losing lottery is “big win”, and is difficult to select when the result is “ordinary loss result”.
The medium-expected story is a story that is easier to select than a low-expected story and less likely to be selected than a high-expected story when the result of the success / failure lottery is “big win”. When the result of the lottery is a “normally off result”, the story is less likely to be selected than a story with a low expectation level, and more easily selected than a story with a high expectation level.

  FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating super reach when a story with a low expectation is selected. Specifically, FIG. 40A is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where a story with a low expectation is in progress, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display apparatus 51 after progress of the super reach period in the case of "winning", and FIG.40 (C) is a super reach when the success / failure result is a "normal outage result" It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display apparatus 51 after progress of a period.

  In the low-expectation story, after the normal reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the display of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 as shown in FIG. By displaying almost the whole, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Conflict between the angel and the devil on the left.

  Also, during this super reach period, the MPU 102 arranges an indicator IND1 indicating the degree of expectation of super reach at the lower right position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and an indicator IND2 indicating the progress of the story. The display screen G is arranged at the upper right position.

  The indicator IND1 has a linear portion displayed along the left-right direction, and round portions formed at the left end, the center, and the right end, respectively. These round portions indicate the expectation of super reach. Specifically, the round part at the left end indicates that a story with low expectation is progressing, the round part at the center indicates that a story with medium expectation is progressing, and the right end The round-shaped portion of indicates that super-reach with a high degree of expectation is progressing. In FIG. 40A, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M1 (black circle) to the rounded portion at the left end of the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of low expectation is progressing.

  The indicator IND2 has a linear portion displayed along the left-right direction. This linear part shows the progress of the story. Specifically, the left end of the linear portion indicates the start point of the low expectation story, and the right end indicates the end point of the low expectation story. In FIG. 40 (A), the MPU 102 gives a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end of the indicator IND2 indicating that it is the start time of a low-expected story. In FIGS. 40B and 40C, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M2 (black circle) to the right end of the indicator IND2 indicating that the story has a low expectation level.

  The MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery determination according to whether or not the angel has won the battle after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the success / failure result is “big win”, wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 as shown in FIG. 40 (B). By this, the player is notified that the result of the success / failure was “big win”. In addition, when the result of the success / failure is “ordinary losing result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure result is a “normally off result”.

  FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device when a medium expectation story is selected. Specifically, FIG. 41A is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where a story with a medium expectation level is progressing, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display apparatus 51 after progress of the super reach period in the case of "winning", FIG.41 (C) is a super reach in the case where the result of a success / failure is a "regular result" It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display apparatus 51 after progress of a period.

  In the story of medium expectation, after the normal reach period, the MPU 102 reduces the display of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G as shown in FIG. By displaying almost the whole, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

  Also, during this super reach period, the MPU 102 arranges an indicator IND1 indicating the degree of expectation of super reach at the lower right position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and an indicator IND2 indicating the progress of the story. The display screen G is arranged at the upper right position. In FIG. 41 (A), the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a circular portion at the center of the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of medium expectation is progressing. In FIG. 41A, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end of the indicator IND2 indicating that it is the beginning of a medium-expected story. In FIGS. 41B and 41C, the MPU 102 gives a mark M2 (black circle) to the right end of the indicator IND2 indicating the end point of the medium expectation story.

  The MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102 finds a treasure box for the angel when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. By notifying the player, the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “big win”. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normal result”.

  FIG. 42 is a diagram illustrating a display screen of the symbol display device when a story with a high expectation is selected. Specifically, FIG. 42A is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where a high-expected story is progressing, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display apparatus 51 after progress of the super reach period in the case of "winning", and FIG.42 (C) is a super reach when the success / failure result is a "normal outage result" It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display apparatus 51 after progress of a period.

  In the high expectation story, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G after the normal reach period has elapsed, as shown in FIG. By displaying almost the whole, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Let the angel open the treasure chest.

  Also, during this super reach period, the MPU 102 arranges an indicator IND1 indicating the degree of expectation of super reach at the lower right position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and an indicator IND2 indicating the progress of the story. The display screen G is arranged at the upper right position. In FIG. 42A, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M1 (black circle) to the rounded portion at the right end of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with high expectation is progressing. In FIG. 42A, the MPU 102 adds a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end of the indicator IND2 indicating that it is the start of a story with a high expectation. In FIGS. 42B and 42C, the MPU 102 adds a mark M2 (black circle) to the right end of the indicator IND2 indicating that it is the end point of the story with high expectation.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the indicator IND1 functions as a story type notification unit that notifies the player which story is progressing among a plurality of stories.
In the present embodiment, the story type notification unit employs the indicator IND1, but may employ sound or the like. In short, the story type notifying unit only needs to be able to notify the player which story is progressing among a plurality of stories.

  The MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the winning / losing lottery depending on whether or not a treasure is in the treasure box after the super reach period has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, enters the treasure to the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (B). The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “hit / winning” by making the treasure box found. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 has no treasure in the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (C). By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normally missed result”.

Returning to the description of the effect pattern determination process, the process after step S2003 will be described with reference to FIG.
After selecting one of the three stories of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation in the story selection process of step S2002, the MPU 92 performs the story selection process of step S2002 in step S2003. To determine whether a low-expected story has been selected.

If the MPU 92 determines that a low-expected story has been selected in step S2003, the MPU 92 ends the effect pattern determination process without executing the processes in and after step S2004.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2003 that a low-expected story has not been selected (if a medium-expected or high-expected story has been selected), in step S2004. Then, a lottery process for a fast-forward effect is executed. In the lottery process for the fast-forward effect, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining whether or not to generate the fast-forward effect.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a fast-forward effect by using the value of the effect occurrence counter. The effect generation counter is provided in various counter areas 94 a of the RAM 94.

The production counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value every time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The effect occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in an effect occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94.
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (fast-forward effect generation lottery) as to whether or not to generate a fast-forward effect based on the value of the effect generation counter stored in the effect generation counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the effect occurrence counter stored in the effect occurrence counter buffer, and compares this value with the effect occurrence table to determine whether or not to generate the fast-forward effect. Execute. The effect generation table is a table storing random values related to the occurrence of the fast-forward effect, and is stored in the effect generation table storage area 93a of the ROM 93.

  Therefore, if the MPU 92 determines that a story with a low expectation level has been selected in step S2003, the MPU 92 ends the effect pattern determination process without executing the fast-forward effect lottery process in step S2004. Does not occur.

In step S2005, the MPU 92 determines whether or not a fast-forward effect generation lottery is won in step S2004 (whether or not a fast-forward effect is generated).
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2005 that a fast-forward effect is not generated, the MPU 92 ends the effect pattern determination process without executing the processes in and after step S2005.

  In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2005 to generate a fast-forward effect, the MPU 92 sets a fast-forward effect generation flag in step S2006. The MPU 92 sets the fast-forward effect generation flag by substituting 1 into the area indicating the fast-forward effect generation flag provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94, and the fast-forward effect provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94. By substituting 0 for the area indicating the generation flag, the fast-forward effect generation flag is cleared.

  Here, this fast-forward effect generation flag is a flag for specifying that a fast-forward effect is generated in the super reach period. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not to generate the fast-forward effect by referring to the area indicating the fast-forward effect generation flag provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

  In step S2007, the MPU 92 executes a start story selection process. In this start story selection process, when starting the super reach, the MPU 92 selects a story that progresses ahead of the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects a story having a lower expectation level than the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002. Therefore, when the MPU 92 selects a story with a high expectation level in the story selection process in step S2002, the MPU 92 randomly selects a story with a medium expectation level or a low expectation level, and performs a medium expectation process with the story selection process in step S2002. When a story of a degree is selected, a story with a low expectation is selected.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the start story selection process functions as a previous story selection unit that selects a previous story in time series with respect to a subsequent story selected in the story selection process in step S2002.
In this embodiment, the reach display (super reach) is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story.
In this embodiment, the reach display (super reach) is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story, but the expectation of the succeeding story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story. May be set to be low, or may be set so that the expectation degree of the preceding story and the expectation degree of the succeeding story are the same.

  In step S2008, the MPU 92 executes a re-promotion flag setting process. In this re-promotion flag setting process, when a high-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, and a low-expected story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, the re-promotion flag Is set, otherwise the re-promotion flag is cleared. Specifically, the MPU 92 sets the re-promotion flag by substituting 1 into the area indicating the re-promotion flag provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94, and is provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94. The re-promotion flag is cleared by assigning 0 to the area indicating the re-promotion flag.

  Here, the re-promotion flag is a flag for specifying that re-promotion is generated during the occurrence of the fast-forward effect. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not re-promotion is caused by referring to the area indicating the fast-forward re-promotion flag provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

<Direction execution process>
In the first embodiment, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process in step S1703.
In this effect execution process, the effect execution process is executed based on the contents of the effect determination process in step S1702. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the various lamp units 23, 53, and 54 and executes the sound control of the speaker unit 24.

In the present embodiment, the contents of the effect determination process corresponding to the super reach among the contents of the effect determination process executed in the effect execution process will be described in detail.
In addition, in this embodiment, description other than the content of the effect determination process corresponding to super reach among the contents of the effect determination process performed by this effect execution process is abbreviate | omitted.

FIG. 43 shows a flowchart of the effect execution process.
In the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2120 as shown in FIG.
In step S2101, the MPU 92 determines whether super reach is occurring.
If it is determined in step S2101 that super reach is not occurring, the MPU 92 executes processing in step S2102 and subsequent steps, and if it is determined in step S2101 that super reach is occurring, step S2105 and subsequent steps. Execute the process.

First, the processing when the MPU 92 determines that super reach is not occurring in S2101 (processing after step S2102) will be described.
In step S2102, the MPU 92 determines whether it is time to generate super reach. Specifically, when the MPU 92 determines that the normal reach period has elapsed after the occurrence of normal reach, the MPU 92 determines that the timing for generating the super reach has been reached, and determines that the normal reach period has not elapsed. It is determined that the timing for generating super reach has not been reached.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that the timing to generate super reach has not been reached, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process without executing the processes in and after step S2103.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that the timing for generating the super reach has been reached, the MPU 92 executes a super reach generation process in step S2103. In the super reach generation process, when the MPU 92 executes the start story selection process in step S2007, the MPU 92 generates a super reach of the story selected in the start story selection process. In the super reach generation process, the MPU 92 generates the super reach of the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002 when the start story selection process in step S2007 is not executed. Then, the MPU 92 performs light emission control of the various lamp units 23 so as to correspond to the super reach of each story, and performs sound control of the speaker unit 24. The super reach data of each story is stored in the reach data storage area 93 b of the ROM 93.

  In step S2104, the MPU 92 sets a super reach generation command including information related to the story when super reach is started. Then, the MPU 92 stores the super reach generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This super reach generation command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process.

  Based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 of the display control apparatus 100 reads a data table for executing the effect for super reach on the symbol display device 51 from the program ROM 103. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 starts super-reach for any of the stories of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation.

Next, a process when the MPU 92 determines that super reach is occurring in S2101 (process after step S2105) will be described.
In step S2105, the MPU 92 determines whether or not a fast-forward effect is being generated.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2105 that the fast-forward effect is not occurring, the MPU 92 executes processing in step S2106 and subsequent steps. Execute the process.

First, the processing when the MPU 92 determines that the fast-forward effect is not occurring in S2105 (processing after step S2106) will be described.
In step S2106, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the fast-forward effect generation flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

  If the MPU 92 determines that the fast-forward effect generation flag is not set in the RAM 94, the effect execution process ends without executing the processes in and after step S2107. Therefore, when the MPU 92 determines that the fast-forward effect generation flag is not set in the RAM 94 (when no fast-forward effect is generated), the MPU 92 proceeds with the super reach of the story generated in the super reach generation process in step S2103 as it is. Let

On the other hand, if it is determined that the fast-forward effect generation flag is set in the RAM 94, it is determined in step S2107 whether or not the timing for generating the fast-forward effect has been reached.
In this embodiment, the timing for generating the fast-forward effect is set immediately after the occurrence of super reach. However, after the occurrence of super reach, it is set to generate the fast-forward effect after a predetermined period. Also good.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2107 that the timing for generating the fast-forward effect has not been reached, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process without executing the processes in and after step S2108.
In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2107 that the timing for generating the fast-forward effect has been reached, the MPU 92 executes a fast-forward effect generation process in step S2108. In the fast-forward effect generation process, the MPU 92 generates a fast-forward effect from the super-reach of the story selected in the start story selection process to the super-reach of the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002. Then, the MPU 92 performs the light emission control of the various lamp units 23 so as to correspond to the occurrence of the fast-forward effect, and performs the audio control of the speaker unit 24.

FIG. 44 is a diagram illustrating a relationship of duration of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 44 (A) is a diagram illustrating the duration of super reach when a fast-forward effect does not occur, and FIGS. 44 (B) to 44 (D) illustrate super reach when a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows continuation time.
As shown in FIG. 44 (A), the super-reach duration when the fast-forwarding effect does not occur is 40 sec for the low expectation story and the medium expectation story, and is 50 sec for the high expectation story. is there.
In FIG. 44, characters indicating the degree of expectation of a story are circled below a line segment indicating the duration of superreach for the story. Specifically, low expectation stories are circled with low letters, medium expectation stories are circled with medium letters, and high expectation stories are marked with high letters. Circled and shown. The same applies to the following drawings.

  On the other hand, a super-reach when a story with a medium expectation level is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a story with a low expectation level is selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. As shown in FIG. 44 (B), the total duration is 40 seconds in total. In this case, the fast-forward effect is the medium expectation selected in the story selection process in step S2002 by fast-forwarding the low-expected story selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007 at a double speed to 20 seconds. The super-reach is configured by connecting to the time point when the story is advanced by 20 seconds (the time point when the remaining 20 seconds are reached). Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story starts, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the low-expected story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDL.

  In addition, the super-reach duration when a high-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a medium-expected story is selected in the start-time story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forwarding effect occurs. As shown in FIG. 44C, the total is 50 sec. In this case, the fast-forward effect is a high expectation selected in the story selection process in step S2002 by fast-forwarding the medium-expected story selected in the story selection process in step S2007 at a double speed to 20 sec. The super-reach is formed by connecting to the time point when the story is advanced for 20 seconds (the time point when the remaining time is 30 seconds). Accordingly, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the medium-expected story starts, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the medium expectation story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDM.

  Furthermore, the super-reach duration when a high-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a low-expected story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forwarding effect occurs. As shown in FIG. 44D, the total is 50 sec. In this case, the fast-forwarding effect is 20 sec each by fast-forwarding the low-expected story and the medium-expected story selected in the start story selection process in step S2007 at double speed, respectively, in step S2002. The super-reach is formed by connecting the high-expected story selected in the story selection process to the point of progressing for 40 sec (the remaining 10 sec). Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story is started, and is promoted to a medium-expected story when 20 seconds have elapsed, and is ended when 40 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the low-expected story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDL, and the end point of the medium-expected story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDM.

  In this embodiment, when a story with a high expectation level is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a story with a low expectation level is selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. The fast-forwarding production occurs immediately after starting a low-expected story, and after 20 seconds, it is promoted to a medium-expected story and connected to a high-expected story. You may connect to a high-expected story without being promoted to a story.

  Here, the duration of the super reach is set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002 even when the fast-forward effect is generated or not. Yes. Specifically, when a medium-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super reach duration is a time when a fast-forward effect is not generated even when a fast-forward effect is generated. Even 40 seconds. In addition, when a highly anticipated story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super reach duration is 50 sec even when a fast-forward effect is generated or a fast-forward effect is not generated. It is.

The duration of super reach and the fast-forward speed are not limited to these and are arbitrary. For example, the super-reach durations may all be the same or different. Further, for example, the fast-forward speed may be a speed other than the double speed as long as it is faster than the single speed.
Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the duration of the super reach corresponds to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002 even when the fast-forward effect is generated or not. However, it may not be set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002.

Returning to the description of the effect execution process, the process after step S2109 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 sets a fast-forward effect generation command including information related to the occurrence of the fast-forward effect. Then, the MPU 92 stores the fast-forward effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This fast-forward effect generation command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads a data table for executing the fast-forward effect generation by the symbol display device 51 from the program ROM 103 based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 generates a fast-forward effect.

Next, a process when the MPU 92 determines that a fast-forward effect is being generated in S2105 (process after step S2110) will be described.
In step S2110, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is time to end the fast-forward effect. Specifically, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the promotion time points PDL and PDM have been reached after generating the fast-forward effect.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S2110 that the timing for ending the fast-forward effect has not been reached, the MPU 92 executes processing in and after step S2111, and if it is determined in step S2110 that the timing for ending the fast-forward effect has been reached. Step S2119 and subsequent steps are executed.

First, the case where it is determined in S2110 that the timing for ending the fast-forward effect has not been reached (the processing after step S2111) will be described.
In step S2111, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the pressing of the push button 25b is detected.

If the MPU 92 determines that the pressing of the push button 25b is not detected, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process without executing the processes after step S2112.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines that the pressing of the push button 25b has been detected, the MPU 92 updates the value of the push button counter PBN provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 by adding 1 in step S2112. To do.
Note that the MPU 92 resets the value of the push button counter PBN by substituting 0 in the above-described fast-forward effect generation process in step S2108.

  In step S2113, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the specified number. Here, the specified number of times defines the number of times the push button 25b is pressed to promote the story. Note that the specified number of times is set to a number that allows the player to complete the operation within 10 seconds, for example. In other words, this specified number of times can be manipulated by the player by the time of promotion PDL or PDM, even when a low-expected story is fast-forwarded or a medium-expected story is fast-forwarded. Is set to the number of times that can be completed.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or greater than the specified number of times, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process without executing the processes after step S2114.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the specified number, the MPU 92 executes a story promotion effect generation process in step S2114. In the story promotion effect generation process, the MPU 92 promotes the story from the current expectation level that is being fast-forwarded to a story that has a higher expectation level. Specifically, when a low-expected story is fast-forwarded, the story is promoted from a low-expected story to a medium-expected story. In addition, when a medium-expected story is fast-forwarded, the medium-expected story is promoted to a high-expected story. Then, the MPU 92 performs the light emission control of the various lamp units 23 so as to correspond to the story promotion effect, and performs the audio control of the speaker unit 24.

  In step S2115, the MPU 92 sets a story promotion effect generation command including information related to generation of a story promotion effect. Then, the MPU 92 stores the story promotion effect occurrence command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This story promotion effect generation command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads a data table for executing the story promotion effect on the symbol display device 51 from the program ROM 103 based on the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 generates a story promotion effect.

In step S2116, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the re-promotion flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.
If the MPU 92 determines that the re-elevation flag is set in the RAM 94, the MPU 92 executes the processing after step S2117.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines that the re-elevation flag is not set in the RAM 94, the MPU 92 executes the processing after step S2119.

First, the processing when the MPU 92 determines that the re-promotion flag is set in the RAM 94 in S2116 (processing after step S2117) will be described.
In step S2117, the MPU 92 resets the value of the push button counter PBN provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 by substituting 0.
In step S2118, the re-promotion flag is cleared by substituting 0 into the area indicating the re-promotion flag provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process.
In other words, when a story with a high expectation level is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, and a story with a low expectation level is selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007, the MPU 92 sets the promotion time point PDL. After promoting the story from a low-expected story to a medium-expected story, continue to fast-forward the medium-expected story and re-promote it from a medium-expected story to a high-expected story at the promotion PDM. It will be determined whether or not.

Next, a process when the MPU 92 determines that the re-promotion flag is not set in the RAM 94 in S2116 (process after step S2119) will be described. Here, as described above, the MPU 92 also executes the processes in and after step S2119 even when it is determined in step 2110 that the timing for ending the fast-forward effect has been reached.
In step S2119, the MPU 92 executes a fast-forward effect end process. In the fast-forwarding effect end process, the MPU 92 ends the fast-forwarding effect, and then advances the story with the current expectation at a normal speed. Then, the MPU 92 performs the light emission control of the various lamp units 23 so as to correspond to the end of the fast-forward effect, and performs the audio control of the speaker unit 24.

  In step S2120, MPU 92 sets a fast-forward effect end command including information related to the end of the fast-forward effect. Then, the MPU 92 stores the fast-forward effect end command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This fast-forward effect end command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the end of the fast-forward effect on the symbol display device 51 based on the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92. The MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 ends the fast-forward effect.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the fast-forward effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 are performed by fast-forwarding the previous story and then proceeding at a normal speed by connecting to the subsequent story. It functions as a fast-forward effect execution unit that executes a fast-forward effect.
In the present embodiment, the process of step S2113 functions as a connection determination unit that determines whether or not to connect to the subsequent story after the previous story has been fast-forwarded and advanced. Then, if the fast-forwarding effect execution unit determines to connect to the subsequent story in the process of step S2113, the fast-forward effect is forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story and advanced at a normal speed. If it is determined in step S2113 that it is not connected to the subsequent story, the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then the previous story is maintained and advanced at a normal speed.

Further, in the present embodiment, the push button 25b functions as an operation unit that receives an input of information by being operated by the player, and the process of step S2113 is performed when the previous story is being fast-forwarded and advanced. When the push button 25b is operated by the player, it is determined to connect to the subsequent story.
In the present embodiment, the process of step S2113 is performed by fast-forwarding the previous story and advancing the push button 25b to the player, so that the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the specified number. However, other criteria may be set. For example, when the push button 25b is pressed by the player for a long time and the time during which the push button 25b continues to be pressed becomes equal to or longer than a predetermined time, the connection determination unit determines to connect to the subsequent story. Also good. In short, the connection determination unit may determine that the player connects to the subsequent story by operating the operating means by the player when the previous story is being forwarded and advanced.
In the present embodiment, the operation means employs the push button 25b, but a cursor key or the like may be employed. In short, the operation means only needs to be able to accept input of information by being operated by the player.

<About the flow of super reach when fast-forward production occurs>
FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expectation story to a medium-expectation story. In other words, FIG. 45 shows a case where a medium-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a low-expected story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 45 (A) is a diagram showing a state where a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a low-expected story, and FIG. 45 (B) is a promotion to a medium-expected story. FIG. 45 (C) is a diagram showing a state in which the promotion to a medium-expected story has failed. 45 (A) to 45 (C) are diagrams showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below the respective drawings. A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story of low expectations by competing with the angel and the devil on the left.

  Also, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect, as shown in FIG. 45A, based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays a low-expected story in fast-forward (double speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

And when MPU102 receives the story promotion production | generation generation | occurrence | production command transmitted from MPU92 (when the value of pushbutton counter PBN is more than regulation number in promotion PDL), it will be in FIG.45 (B). As shown, in the promotion PDL, the story is promoted from a low expectation story to a medium expectation story. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the middle-expected story is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forwarding effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forwarding effect and advances the story with the medium expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the middle-expected story is connected to the time when the medium-expected story is advanced by 20 sec (the remaining 20 sec). In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/2 (20 sec / 40 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 40 sec, and a medium-expected story progressed by 20 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In this medium-expected story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found a treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102 finds a treasure box for the angel when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. By notifying the player, the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “big win”. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normal result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 45C, a story with a low expectation is maintained in the promotion time point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost round portion indicating that the story with low expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the low-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected to the time when the low-expected story is advanced by 20 sec (the time when the remaining 20 sec is reached). In other words, at this time, the low-expected story is rewound to the point where it has been advanced for 20 seconds. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/2 (20 sec / 40 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 40 sec, and a low-expected story is advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In the low-expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the success / failure result is “big win”, wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 as shown in FIG. 40 (B). By this, the player is notified that the result of the success / failure was “big win”. In addition, when the result of the success / failure is “ordinary losing result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure result is a “normally off result”.

  FIG. 46 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a medium-expected story to a high-expected story. In other words, FIG. 46 shows a case where a high expectation story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a medium expectation story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 46 (A) is a diagram showing a state where a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a medium-expected story, and FIG. 46 (B) is a promotion to a high-expected story. FIG. 46C is a diagram showing a successful state, and FIG. 46C is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a high-expected story has failed. 46A to 46C are diagrams showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below the respective drawings. A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

  Also, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect, as shown in FIG. 46 (A), based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the medium-expected story in fast-forward (double speed), and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), the MPU 102 returns to FIG. As shown, the middle-expected story is promoted to the high-expected story in the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion indicating that the story with high expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the high-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the high expectation story is connected to the time when the high expectation story is advanced by 20 sec (the time when the remaining 30 sec is reached). Further, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 at a position 2/5 (20 sec / 50 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 50 sec, and a highly anticipated story is advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In this high expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the winning / losing lottery depending on whether or not a treasure is in the treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, enters the treasure to the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (B). The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “hit / winning” by making the treasure box found. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 has no treasure in the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (C). By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normally missed result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 46 (C), a medium expectation story is maintained at the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the middle-expected story is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forwarding effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forwarding effect and advances the story with the medium expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the medium-expected story is connected to the time when the medium-expected story is advanced by 10 seconds (the time when the remaining 30 seconds are reached) and advanced. In other words, at this time, the medium-expected story is rewound to the point where it is advanced by 10 sec. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/4 (10 sec / 40 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has reached the time when the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 40 sec, and the story of medium expectation is advanced by 10 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In this medium-expected story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found a treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102 finds a treasure box for the angel when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. By notifying the player, the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “big win”. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normal result”.

  FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expectation story to a high-expectation story. In other words, FIG. 47 shows a case where a high-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a low-expected story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 47A is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a low-expected story, and FIG. 47B is promoted to a medium-expected story. FIG. 47 (C) is a diagram showing a state of success, FIG. 47 (C) is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a medium expectation story has failed, and FIG. 47 (D) is a re-promotion to a high expectation story. FIG. 47E is a diagram showing a state in which re-promotion to a story with a high degree of expectation has failed. Moreover, each figure of FIG. 47 (A)-(E) is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display apparatus 51, These processes are shown by a line segment under each figure, and the process of each figure is shown. A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story of low expectations by competing with the angel and the devil on the left.

  Also, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect, as shown in FIG. 47A, based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays a low-expected story in fast-forward (double speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), the MPU 102 returns to FIG. As shown, in the promotion PDL, the story is promoted from a low expectation story to a medium expectation story. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the middle-expected story is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 47 (C), a low-expected story is maintained in the promotion time point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost round portion indicating that the story with low expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the low-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected and advanced at the time when the low-expected story is advanced by 10 sec (the remaining 30 sec). In other words, at this time, the low-expected story is rewound to the point where it is advanced by 10 sec. Further, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 at a position of 1/4 (10 sec / 40 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 40 sec, and a low-expected story is advanced by 10 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In the low-expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the success / failure result is “big win”, wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 as shown in FIG. 40 (B). By this, the player is notified that the result of the success / failure was “big win”. In addition, when the result of the success / failure is “ordinary losing result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure result is a “normally off result”.

  Further, when the MPU 102 is promoted from the low expectation story to the medium expectation story at the promotion time point PDL, the fast forward effect is continued as shown in FIG. In this fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the medium-expected story in fast-forward (double speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. . Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

When the MPU 102 further receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), FIG. 47 (D) As shown in FIG. 2, the story is re-promoted from a medium expectation story to a high expectation story at the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion indicating that the story with high expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the high-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the high expectation story is connected to the time when the high expectation story is advanced by 40 sec (the remaining 10 sec). Further, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 at a position of 4/5 (40 sec / 50 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 50 sec, and a highly anticipated story is advanced by 40 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In this high expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the winning / losing lottery depending on whether or not a treasure is in the treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, enters the treasure to the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (B). The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “hit / winning” by making the treasure box found. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 has no treasure in the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (C). By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normally missed result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 47 (E), the medium expectation story is maintained at the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the middle-expected story is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forwarding effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forwarding effect and advances the story with the medium expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the medium-expected story is connected to the point where the medium-expected story is advanced by 30 seconds (the remaining point is 10 seconds). In other words, at this time, the medium-expected story is rewound to the point where it is advanced by 30 sec. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 3/4 (30 sec / 40 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 40 sec, and a story of medium expectation progressed by 30 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In this medium-expected story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found a treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102 finds a treasure box for the angel when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. By notifying the player, the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “big win”. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normal result”.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the indicator IND2 functions as a story progress degree notifying unit that notifies the player of the progress degree of the subsequent story.
In the present embodiment, the story progress notification unit employs the indicator IND2, but may employ a voice or the like. In short, the story progress degree notifying unit only needs to be able to notify the player of the progress of the subsequent story.

According to the present embodiment as described above, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) Since the display control apparatus 100 includes an indicator IND1 for notifying the player which story is being progressed among a plurality of stories, the display control device 100 advances the previous story and advances it to the later story. Even in the case of executing a fast-forward effect that connects and advances at a normal speed, the player can easily grasp which story is being advanced among a plurality of stories. Therefore, the player can easily determine the degree of expectation, and as a result, the player's attention to the game can be improved.
(2) Since the display control apparatus 100 includes the indicator IND2 that notifies the player of the progress of the subsequent story, the display control device 100 is connected to the middle of the subsequent story after the previous story has been fast-forwarded to proceed to the normal speed. Even in the case of executing a fast-forward effect that advances, the player can easily grasp the progress of the subsequent story.

(3) If the fast-forwarding effect generating process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generating process in step S2114 are determined to be connected to the subsequent story in the process in step S2113, the preceding story is advanced and advanced. Connect to the story and proceed at normal speed, and if it is determined in step S2113 that it will not connect to the subsequent story, advance the previous story and advance, then maintain the previous story and Since it is advanced at a high speed, the reach display can be diversified, and as a result, the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

(4) Since the process of step S2113 determines that the push button 25b is connected to the subsequent story when the push button 25b is operated by the player when the previous story is being fast-forwarded and advanced, the player By operating 25b, the previous story can be fast-forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story and advanced at normal speed. Therefore, since the player can make a transition between a plurality of stories, it is possible to easily determine the magnitude of the expectation, and to improve the player's attention to the game. .

(5) Since Super Reach is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the previous story, the story is generated by the fast-forward effect generating process in Step S2108 and the story promotion effect generating process in Step S2114. The faster you advance and advance, the higher your expectations for super reach. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve a player's attention to the fast-forward effect.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment, and modifications, improvements, and the like within the scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
For example, in the present embodiment, if it is determined in step S2113 that the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 are determined to be connected to the subsequent story, the preceding story is fast-forwarded and advanced. After that, connect to the subsequent story and proceed at normal speed. If it is determined in step S2113 that the subsequent story is not connected, fast forward the previous story and proceed, then maintain the previous story. And proceeded at normal speed. On the other hand, the fast-forward effect execution unit may advance the previous story and advance it, and then automatically connect to the subsequent story and advance it at a normal speed. In short, the fast-forward effect execution unit may advance the previous story and advance it, then connect to the subsequent story and advance it at a normal speed. In this case, the expected effect execution means may not include the connection determination unit.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the expected effect execution means executes only the fast-forward effect that advances at the normal speed by connecting to the subsequent story after the previous story is advanced and advanced. A rewind effect that rewinds and advances the story may be executed in combination with the fast-forward effect. In short, the expected effect execution means only needs to include a fast-forward effect execution unit that fast-forwards the previous story and advances it, and then connects to the subsequent story and executes a fast-forward effect that advances at a normal speed.

[Fourth Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described are assigned the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 executes a process different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the effect pattern determination process is different from that in the third embodiment. The contents of the effect pattern determination process in the present embodiment will be described below.

<Determination process of production pattern>
FIG. 48 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect pattern determination process according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1808 of the effect determination process. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2001 to S2008 in substantially the same manner as in the third embodiment. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 48, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S2009C and 2010C after executing the process of step S2007 and before executing the process of step S2008.

In step S2009C, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the winning / notifying result is “big win” based on the content of the type command.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2009C that the success / failure result is not “big win”, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S2008 onward as in the third embodiment.
In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2009C that the success / failure result is “big win”, the MPU 92 executes a medium expectation story replacement process in step S2010C. In the replacement process for the medium-expected story, the MPU 92 replaces the medium-expected story with the highest-expected story. The medium expectation story replacement process is executed only when it is determined in step S2005 that a fast-forward effect is to be generated. Therefore, the MPU 92 expects the medium expectation story to be the highest expectation only when the fast-forward effect is generated. The story has been replaced.
Here, the story with the highest expectation is a story that is selected only when the result of the success / failure lottery is “big win”. Therefore, the story with the highest expectation has a higher expectation than the story with the highest expectation.

As described above, in this embodiment, the medium expectation story replacement process functions as a story replacement unit that replaces the previous story with a specific story (highest expectation story) different from the previous story (medium expectation story). are doing.
In this embodiment, the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 are performed after fast-forwarding a middle-expected story or progressing, or by replacing a medium-expected story. After fast-forwarding the story with the highest degree of expectation that has been replaced, a fast-forwarding effect is performed in which the story is connected to the subsequent story and advanced at normal speed.

In the present embodiment, the story replacement unit replaces the medium expectation story with the highest expectation story. However, for example, the low expectation story may be replaced with the highest expectation story. In short, the story replacement unit may replace the previous story with a specific story different from the previous story.
In the present embodiment, the specific story employs the highest expectation story having a higher expectation than the high expectation story, but has the same expectation as the high expectation story. And may have a lower expectation than a high expectation story. In short, the specific story only needs to be different from the previous story.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the process of step S2009C functions as a replacement determination unit that determines whether or not to replace a medium-expected story with a highest-expected story. If the medium expectation story replacement process determines that the medium expectation story is to be replaced with the highest expectation story in step S2009C, the medium expectation story is changed to the highest expectation story. If it is determined in step S2009C that the medium-expected story is not replaced with the highest-expected story, the medium-expected story is maintained.

  Specifically, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 enters a launch handle 27 that launches a game ball toward the game area formed on the game board 31, and a game ball that flows down the game area, An upper working port 36 (starting ball entry means) for executing an internal lottery when a game ball enters is provided. Then, in the case where the process of step S2009C wins the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36, it is determined that the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the highest expectation. If the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper working port 36 is not won, it is determined that the medium expectation story is not replaced with the highest expectation story. In other words, whether or not the process of step S2009C is replaced from the medium-expected story to the highest-expected story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36. Judging.

  In the present embodiment, the process of step S2009C is performed when the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36 is won, and the story with the highest expectation is changed to the story with the highest expectation. If the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36 is not selected, it is determined that the medium expectation story will not be replaced with the highest expectation story. Was. On the other hand, the replacement determination unit may determine whether to replace the medium expectation story with the highest expectation story based on other determination criteria. For example, the replacement determination unit may determine whether to replace the previous story with a specific story based on the result of another lottery different from the winning lottery, and based on other conditions other than the lottery, the previous story It may be determined whether or not to replace with a specific story. In short, the replacement determination unit only needs to be able to determine whether or not to replace a previous story with a specific story.

  FIG. 49 is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device when the story is replaced with the highest expected story. Specifically, FIG. 49 (A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where the story of the highest expectation is progressing, and FIG. 49 (B) shows the passage of the super reach period. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the subsequent symbol display apparatus 51. FIG.

  In the highest expectation story, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a video on the display screen G after the normal reach period has elapsed, as shown in FIG. By displaying almost the whole, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

Here, in the highest expectation story, the MPU 102 moves the angel present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right, as in the medium expectation story. The speed of movement is faster than that of a medium-expected story. The super reach duration is 40 sec for the medium-expected story, whereas it is 30 sec for the highest-expected story.
Note that this highest expectation story exists to replace the medium expectation story when the success / failure result is “big win” and a fast-forward effect is generated, so the story selection process in step S2002 Will not be selected.

  Also, during this super reach period, the MPU 102 arranges an indicator IND1 indicating the degree of expectation of super reach at the lower right position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and an indicator IND2 indicating the progress of the story. The display screen G is arranged at the upper right position. In FIG. 49A, the MPU 102 also displays the mark M1 (black circle) when the story with the highest expectation is progressing in the central circular portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that the story with the medium expectation is progressing. ). In other words, in the highest expectation story, the indicator IND1 is camouflaged as if it were a medium expectation story.

  The MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 49 (B), the MPU 102 made the angel find the treasure box when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and the result was “big win”. This is notified to the player. Here, the story with the highest degree of expectation is when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, and when the fast-forwarding effect occurs, the story with the medium expectation is replaced. By not letting the angel find the treasure chest (letting the trash to be found instead of the treasure chest), the player is not notified that the result is a “normal result”.

FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating a relationship between durations of super reach. Specifically, FIGS. 50A to 50C are diagrams illustrating the duration of super reach when a fast-forward effect is generated.
In FIG. 50, characters indicating the degree of expectation of a story are circled below a line segment indicating the duration of superreach for the story. Specifically, low expectation stories are circled with low letters, highest expectation stories are circled with the best letters, and high expectation stories are marked with high letters. Circled and shown. The same applies to the following drawings.

  In the case where a medium expectation story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a low expectation story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect is generated, in step S2010C. As shown in FIG. 50A, the total time of super-reach when the middle-expected story replacement process is executed is 40 sec. In this case, the fast-forward effect is the time when the low-expected story selected in the start story selection process in step S2007 is fast-forwarded at double speed to 20 sec, and the highest-expected story is advanced by 10 sec ( Connect to the remaining 20 seconds) to configure super reach. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story starts, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the low-expected story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDL.

  Further, when a story with a high expectation level is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a story with a medium expectation level is selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007, and a fast-forward effect is generated, step S2010C As shown in FIG. 50B, the total time of super-reach when the middle-expected story replacement process is executed is a total of 50 seconds. In this case, the fast-forwarding effect is connected to the point when the highest-expected story is fast-forwarded at 1.5 times speed to 20 sec, and the high-expected story is advanced by 20 sec (the remaining 30 sec). Make up reach. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the story with the highest expectation is started, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the story with the highest expectation level when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion point PDM.

  Furthermore, when a story with a high expectation level is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a story with a low expectation level is selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007, and a fast-forwarding effect occurs, step S2010C In FIG. 50C, the total time of super-reach when the middle-expected story replacement process is executed is 50 sec. In this case, in the fast-forwarding effect, the low-expected story selected in the start-time story selection process in step S2007 is fast-forwarded at 20 times to 20 seconds, and the highest-expected story is fast-forwarded at 1.5 times speed. 20 seconds, and a super-reach is formed by connecting to a point of time when a highly anticipated story is advanced by 40 seconds (at the time when the remaining 10 seconds are reached). Therefore, the fast-forward effect is generated immediately after the low-expected story is started, and is promoted to the highest-expected story when 20 sec elapses, and is finished when 40 sec elapses. In the following description, the end point of the low-expected story when the fast-forward effect occurs is also expressed as a promotion time point PDL, and the end point of the highest-expected story when the fast-forward effect occurs is also expressed as a promotion time point PDM.

  Here, the duration of the super reach is set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002 even when the fast-forward effect is generated or not. Yes. Specifically, when a medium-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super reach duration is a time when a fast-forward effect is not generated even when a fast-forward effect is generated. Even 40 seconds. In addition, when a highly anticipated story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super reach duration is 50 sec even when a fast-forward effect is generated or a fast-forward effect is not generated. It is.

The duration of super reach and the fast-forward speed are not limited to these and are arbitrary. For example, the super-reach durations may all be the same or different. Further, for example, the fast-forward speed may be a speed other than the double speed as long as it is faster than the single speed.
Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the duration of the super reach corresponds to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002 even when the fast-forward effect is generated or not. However, it may not be set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002.

<About the flow of super reach when fast-forward production occurs>
FIG. 51 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a low expectation level to a story with a high expectation level. In other words, FIG. 51 shows a case where a medium expectation story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, and a low expectation story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, resulting in a fast-forward effect. And it is a figure which shows the flow of the super reach at the time of performing the replacement process of the story of medium expectation in step S2010C. Specifically, FIG. 51 (A) is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a low-expected story, and FIG. 51 (B) is a promotion to the highest-expected story. FIG. 51C is a diagram showing a successful state, and FIG. 51C is a diagram showing a state in which the promotion to the highest expected story has failed. 51A to 51C are diagrams showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below the respective drawings, A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story of low expectations by competing with the angel and the devil on the left.

  Further, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect, as shown in FIG. 51A, based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays a low-expected story in fast-forward (double speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), the MPU 102 returns to FIG. As shown, the story is promoted from the low expectation story to the highest expectation story in the promotion PDL. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the story of the highest expectation degree is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the story with the highest expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the highest degree of expectation is connected to the time when the story with the highest degree of expectation is advanced for 10 seconds (at the time when the remaining 20 seconds are reached). Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/3 (10 sec / 30 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has reached the time when the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 30 sec, and the story with the highest expectation is advanced by 10 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  Here, as described above, in the highest expectation story, the MPU 102 moves the angel present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right as in the medium expectation story. However, since the moving speed of this angel is faster than that of the medium-expected story, the player can easily grasp that it is the highest-expected story.

  In this highest expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery by determining whether the angel has found a treasure box after the super reach period has elapsed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 49 (B), the MPU 102 made the angel find the treasure box when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and the result was “big win”. This is notified to the player. Here, the story with the highest degree of expectation is when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, and when the fast-forwarding effect occurs, the story with the medium expectation is replaced. By not letting the angel find the treasure chest (letting the trash to be found instead of the treasure chest), the player is not notified that the result is a “normal result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 51C, a low-expected story is maintained at the promotion time point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost round portion indicating that the story with low expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the low-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected to the time when the low-expected story is advanced by 20 sec (the time when the remaining 20 sec is reached). In other words, at this time, the low-expected story is rewound to the point where it has been advanced for 20 seconds. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/2 (20 sec / 40 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 40 sec, and a low-expected story is advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In the low-expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle after the super reach period. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40 (B), the MPU 102 confirms that the success / failure result was “big win” by winning the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. Notify the player. Here, the story with the highest degree of expectation is when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, and when the fast-forwarding effect occurs, the story with the medium expectation is replaced. By letting the devil win, the player is not notified that the result of the success / failure was the “ordinary failure result”.

  FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with the highest expectation to a story with a high expectation. In other words, FIG. 52 shows a case where a high-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a medium-expected story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. And it is a figure which shows the flow of the super reach at the time of performing the replacement process of the story of medium expectation in step S2010C. Specifically, FIG. 52 (A) is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a story with the highest expectation level, and FIG. 52 (B) is a promotion to a story with a high expectation level. FIG. 52C is a diagram showing a successful state, and FIG. 52C is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a high-expected story has failed. 52 (A) to 52 (C) are diagrams showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below the respective drawings, A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

  Further, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect as shown in FIG. 52 (A) based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays the highest expected story in fast-forward (1.5 times speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. To do. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

  Here, the duration of super reach is 40 sec for the medium-expected story, but 30 sec for the highest-expected story, so when the medium-expected story is fast-forwarded to 20 sec. Will be fast-forwarded at 2x speed, and when the highest expected story is fast-forwarded to 20 seconds, it will be fast-forwarded at 1.5x speed. In the highest expectation story, the MPU 102 moves the angel present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right, as in the medium expectation story. The speed is faster than that of a medium-expected story.

  Therefore, if you compare a medium-expected story with 2x fast-forward and a highest-expected story with 1.5x fast-forward, it is easy for a player to be the highest-expected story. Can't figure out. In particular, if the angel ’s movement speed of the highest expectation story is set to 4/3 times the angel ’s movement speed of the medium expectation story, the medium expectation and the highest expectation story will be fast-forwarded to 20 sec. The angel moves at exactly the same speed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), the MPU 102 returns to FIG. As shown, the story is promoted from the highest expectation story to the high expectation story in the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion indicating that the story with high expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the high-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the high expectation story is connected to the time when the high expectation story is advanced by 20 sec (the time when the remaining 30 sec is reached). Further, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 at a position 2/5 (20 sec / 50 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 50 sec, and a highly anticipated story is advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In this high expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the winning / losing lottery depending on whether or not a treasure is in the treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 42 (B), the MPU 102 causes the angel to discover a treasure box containing treasure when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped, thereby determining the success / failure result “ ”To the player. Here, the story with the highest degree of expectation is when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, and when the fast-forwarding effect occurs, the story with the medium expectation is replaced. By letting an angel discover a treasure chest (empty treasure chest) that does not contain any treasure, the player is not notified that the result is a “normal result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 52 (C), the story with the highest expectation is maintained at the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the story of the highest expectation degree is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the story with the highest expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the highest degree of expectation is advanced by connecting the story with the highest degree of expectation to the start point (at the remaining 30 seconds). In other words, at this time, the story with the highest expectation is rewound to the start time. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the left end of the indicator IND2 to 0 sec, the right end to 30 sec, and adds a mark M2 (black circle) to the position of the left end (0 sec / 30 sec) indicating the start point of the highest expected story. .

  Here, as described above, in the highest expectation story, the MPU 102 moves the angel present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right as in the medium expectation story. However, since the moving speed of this angel is faster than that of the medium-expected story, the player can easily grasp that it is the highest-expected story.

  In this highest expectation story, the MPU 102 informs the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether the angel has found a treasure chest after the super reach period has elapsed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 49B, the MPU 102 causes the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. Inform the player that it was. Here, the story with the highest degree of expectation is when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, and when the fast-forwarding effect occurs, the story with the medium expectation is replaced. By not letting the angel find the treasure chest (letting the trash to be found instead of the treasure chest), the player is not notified that the result is a “normal result”.

  FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expectation story to a high-expectation story. In other words, FIG. 53 shows a case where a high expectation story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a low expectation story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. And it is a figure which shows the flow of the super reach at the time of performing the replacement process of the story of medium expectation in step S2010C. Specifically, FIG. 53 (A) is a diagram showing a state where a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a story with a low expectation level, and FIG. 53 (B) is a promotion to a story with the highest expectation level. FIG. 53 (C) is a diagram showing a state of success, FIG. 53 (C) is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to the highest expectation story has failed, and FIG. 53 (D) is a re-promotion to a story with high expectation. FIG. 53E is a diagram showing a state in which re-promotion to a story with a high expectation level has failed. 53A to 53E are diagrams showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are shown by line segments below the respective drawings, A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story of low expectations by competing with the angel and the devil on the left.

  Further, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect, as shown in FIG. 53A, based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays a low-expected story in fast-forward (double speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), the MPU 102 returns to FIG. As shown, the story is promoted from the low expectation story to the highest expectation story in the promotion PDL. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the story of the highest expectation degree is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 53C, a low-expected story is maintained in the promotion time point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost round portion indicating that the story with low expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the low-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected and advanced at the time when the low-expected story is advanced by 10 sec (the remaining 30 sec). In other words, at this time, the low-expected story is rewound to the point where it is advanced by 10 sec. Further, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 at a position of 1/4 (10 sec / 40 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 40 sec, and a low-expected story is advanced by 10 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In the low-expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle after the super reach period. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40 (B), the MPU 102 confirms that the success / failure result was “big win” by winning the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. Notify the player. Here, the story with the highest degree of expectation is when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, and when the fast-forwarding effect occurs, the story with the medium expectation is replaced. By letting the devil win, the player is not notified that the result of the success / failure was the “ordinary failure result”.

  Further, when the MPU 102 is promoted from the low expectation story to the highest expectation story at the promotion time point PDL, the MPU 102 continues the fast-forward effect. In this fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays the highest expected story in fast-forward (1.5 times speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. indicate. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

When the MPU 102 further receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), FIG. 53 (D) As shown in Fig. 5, the story is re-promoted from the highest expectation story to the high expectation story at the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion indicating that the story with high expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the high-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the high expectation story is connected to the time when the high expectation story is advanced by 40 sec (the remaining 10 sec). Further, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 at a position of 4/5 (40 sec / 50 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 50 sec, and a highly anticipated story is advanced by 40 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In this high expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the winning / losing lottery depending on whether or not a treasure is in the treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 42 (B), the MPU 102 causes the angel to discover a treasure box containing treasure when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped, thereby determining the success / failure result “ ”To the player. Here, the story with the highest degree of expectation is when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, and when the fast-forwarding effect occurs, the story with the medium expectation is replaced. By letting an angel discover a treasure chest (empty treasure chest) that does not contain any treasure, the player is not notified that the result is a “normal result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 53 (E), the story of the highest expectation is maintained at the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the story of the highest expectation degree is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the story with the highest expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the highest degree of expectation is connected to the time when the story with the highest degree of expectation is advanced for 20 seconds (at the time when the remaining 10 seconds are reached). In other words, at this time, the story with the highest expectation is rewound to the point where it has been advanced for 20 seconds. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position 2/3 (20 sec / 30 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has reached the time when the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 30 sec, and the story of the highest expectation is advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  Here, as described above, in the highest expectation story, the MPU 102 moves the angel present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right as in the medium expectation story. However, since the moving speed of this angel is faster than that of the medium-expected story, the player can easily grasp that it is the highest-expected story.

  In this highest expectation story, the MPU 102 informs the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether the angel has found a treasure chest after the super reach period has elapsed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 49B, the MPU 102 causes the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. Inform the player that it was. Here, the story with the highest degree of expectation is when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, and when the fast-forwarding effect occurs, the story with the medium expectation is replaced. By not letting the angel find the treasure chest (letting the trash to be found instead of the treasure chest), the player is not notified that the result is a “normal result”.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 are performed by fast-forwarding the story with the highest expectation level replaced by the medium-expectation story replacement process. By doing so, it is disguised as if it is a fast-forwarding story of medium expectation.
Further, in the present embodiment, the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 are performed by replacing the highest expectation story replaced in the medium expectation story replacement process with the medium expectation story. By fast-forwarding and proceeding at a different speed than fast-forwarding, it is disguised as if it is a fast-forwarding and progressing story of medium expectation. Specifically, in the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114, a high-expected story is prepared by speeding up a medium-expected story, and the high-expected story is fast-forwarded. When progressing, the medium-expected story is fast-forwarded at a slower speed than when the medium-expected story is advanced, so that it is disguised as if the medium-expected story was advanced and advanced.

  In the present embodiment, the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 prepare a story with the highest expectation level, which is a medium-expected story, and fast-forward the story with the highest expectation degree. When progressing, the medium-expected story was disguised as if it had been forwarded and advanced at a slower speed than when the medium-expected story was fast-forwarded. On the other hand, in the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114, the highest-expected story is prepared by slowing down the medium-expected story, and the highest-expected story is fast-forwarded. When advancing, the medium-expected story may be disguised as if the medium-expected story is advanced by fast-forwarding at a faster speed than when the medium-expected story is advanced.

According to the present embodiment as described above, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The fast-forwarding effect generating process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generating process in step S2114 are performed after fast-forwarding the highest-expected story replaced in the medium-expected story replacement process and then proceeding Since a fast-forwarding effect that is advanced at a normal speed by connecting to the player is performed, the super reach can be diversified, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

(2) If the medium expectation story replacement process determines that the medium expectation story is replaced with the highest expectation story in step S2009C, the medium expectation story is replaced with the highest expectation story. If it is determined in step S2009C that the medium-expected story is not replaced with the highest-expected story, the medium-expected story is maintained, and the reach display can be further diversified. As a result, the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

(3) Whether or not the processing in step S2009C is to replace the middle-expected story with the highest-expected story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36 Therefore, it is possible to replace the middle expectation story with the highest expectation story in association with the result of the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the upper working port 36 as an opportunity. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) When the process of step S2009C wins the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36, it is determined that the medium expectation story is replaced with the highest expectation story. However, if the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36 is not won, it is determined that the medium expectation story will not be replaced with the highest expectation story. The person will pay attention to whether or not the story with the highest expectation has been replaced with the story with the highest expectation. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(5) The fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 are performed by fast-forwarding and proceeding with the highest-expected story replaced in the medium-expected story replacement process. Since it is disguised as if it is a fast-forwarding story, it makes it difficult for players to identify whether they are fast-forwarding a medium-expected story or a fast-forwarding story . Therefore, the player can enjoy the prediction of whether or not the medium-expected story has been replaced with the highest-expected story.

(6) The fast-forwarding effect generating process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generating process in step S2114 are different from the fast-forwarding of the medium-expected story with the highest-expected story replaced in the medium-expected-level story replacing process. Since it is fast forwarded and progressed, it can be disguised as if it is progressing by fast-forwarding a medium-expected story.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment, and modifications, improvements, and the like within the scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
For example, in the present embodiment, the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 have prepared a story with the highest expectation that is a medium-expected story at high speed. On the other hand, the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 may prepare a story with the highest degree of expectation, which is a low-speed story with a medium expectation degree. You may have a story with the highest degree of expectation that is completely different.

  Further, for example, in the present embodiment, the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 fast-forward the middle-expected story when the highest-expected story is advanced. By fast-forwarding at a slower speed than when proceeding, it was disguised as if it had been forwarded and progressed through a medium-expected story. On the other hand, the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 are performed when fast-forwarding and progressing the middle-expected story when the highest-expected story is advanced. It may be fast forwarded at the same speed and advanced, or it may be advanced at a faster speed than when a medium-expected story is forwarded and advanced. In other words, whether the fast-forwarding effect generation process in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process in step S2114 are progressing by fast-forwarding the middle-expected story when the highest-expected story is advanced and advanced. It doesn't have to be camouflaged.

  In the present embodiment, the display control apparatus 100 includes an indicator IND1 for notifying the player which story is being progressed among the plurality of stories, and an indicator IND2 for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Although provided, these do not have to be provided.

[Fifth Embodiment]
The fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described are assigned the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 executes a process different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the duration of super reach in the effect execution process is different from that in the third embodiment. Hereinafter, the content of the effect execution process in this embodiment is demonstrated.

FIG. 54 is a diagram showing a relationship of duration of super reach according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, FIG. 54A is a diagram showing the duration of super reach when a fast-forward effect does not occur, and FIGS. 54B to 54D are super reach when a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows continuation time.
As shown in FIG. 54 (A), the super-reach duration when the fast-forwarding effect does not occur is 60 sec for the low-expected story and 40 sec for the medium-expected story and the high-expected story. is there.
Note that in FIG. 54, characters indicating the degree of expectation of a story are circled below a line segment indicating the duration of superreach for the story. Specifically, low expectation stories are circled with low letters, medium expectation stories are circled with medium letters, and high expectation stories are marked with high letters. Circled and shown. The same applies to the following drawings.

  On the other hand, a super-reach when a story with a medium expectation level is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a story with a low expectation level is selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007, and a fast-forwarding effect occurs. As shown in FIG. 54B, the total duration is 60 seconds in total. In this case, the fast-forward effect is the medium expectation selected in the story selection process in step S2002 by fast-forwarding the low-expected story selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007 at a triple speed to 20 seconds. Connect to the beginning of the story and configure super reach. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story starts, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the low-expected story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDL.

  In addition, the super-reach duration when a high-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a medium-expected story is selected in the start-time story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forwarding effect occurs. As shown in FIG. 54C, the total is 60 sec. In this case, the fast-forward effect is a high expectation selected in the story selection process in step S2002 by fast-forwarding the medium-expected story selected in the story selection process in step S2007 at a double speed to 20 sec. Connect to the beginning of the story and configure super reach. Accordingly, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the medium-expected story starts, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the medium expectation story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDM.

  Furthermore, the super-reach continuation time when a high-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a low-expected story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. As shown in FIG. 54D, the total is 80 sec. In this case, the fast-forward effect is 20 sec by fast-forwarding the low-expected story selected at the start-time story selection process in step S2007 at 3 × speed to 20 sec, and fast-forwarding the medium-expected story at 2 × speed for 20 sec. And a super reach is constructed by connecting to the start point of the high-expected story selected in the story selection process in step S2002. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story is started, and is promoted to a medium-expected story when 20 seconds have elapsed, and is ended when 40 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the low-expected story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDL, and the end point of the medium-expected story when the fast-forward effect is generated is also expressed as a promotion time point PDM.

  In this embodiment, when a story with a high expectation level is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a story with a low expectation level is selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. The fast-forwarding production occurs immediately after starting a low-expected story, and after 20 seconds, it is promoted to a medium-expected story and connected to a high-expected story. You may connect to a high-expected story without being promoted to a story.

  Here, even when the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002 is the same, the super reach duration time differs depending on whether the fast-forward effect is generated or not. Specifically, when a medium-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super reach duration when generating a fast-forward effect is 60 seconds, and the super-rate when no fast-forward effect is generated is generated. The reach duration is 40 seconds. In addition, when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super reach duration when the fast-forward effect is generated is 60 sec or 80 sec, and the super reach when the fast-forward effect is not generated Is 40 sec.

  The duration of super reach and the fast-forward speed are not limited to these and are arbitrary. For example, the super-reach durations may all be the same or all different. Further, for example, the fast-forward speed may be a speed other than the double speed as long as it is faster than the single speed.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the duration of the super reach was not set to correspond to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002, but the fast-forward effect is generated even when the fast-forward effect is generated. Even if no occurrence occurs, it may be set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection processing in step S2002.
For example, in the present embodiment, when a medium-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super reach duration when generating a fast-forward effect is 60 seconds, and the fast-forward effect is not generated. Although the super reach duration is 40 sec, the super reach duration when no fast-forward effect is generated may be extended to 60 sec. Specifically, when a medium-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super-reach duration when no fast-forward effect is generated is, for example, a part of the medium-expected story or It may be extended to 60 seconds by setting the whole to slow motion or providing an adjustment time such as symbol re-drawing after the end of the medium-expected story.

<About the flow of super reach when fast-forward production occurs>
FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expectation story to a medium-expectation story. In other words, FIG. 55 shows a case where a medium-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, and a low-expected story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect is generated. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 55A is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a low-expected story, and FIG. 55B is a promotion to a medium-expected story. FIG. 55C is a diagram showing a successful state, and FIG. 55C is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a medium expectation story has failed. 55A to 55C are diagrams showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below the respective diagrams, A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story of low expectations by competing with the angel and the devil on the left.

  Further, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect, as shown in FIG. 55A, based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays the low-expected story in fast-forward (triple speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

And when MPU102 receives the story promotion production | generation generation | occurrence | production command transmitted from MPU92 (when the value of pushbutton counter PBN is more than regulation number in promotion PDL), it will be in FIG.55 (B). As shown, in the promotion PDL, the story is promoted from a low expectation story to a medium expectation story. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the middle-expected story is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forwarding effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forwarding effect and advances the story with the medium expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the medium-expected story is connected to the start point of the medium-expected story to advance. In addition, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) indicating that it is the start point of the medium expectation story in the indicator IND2, with the left end being 0 sec and the right end being 40 sec. .

  In this medium-expected story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found a treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102 finds a treasure box for the angel when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. By notifying the player, the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “big win”. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normal result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 55C, a story with a low expectation is maintained in the promotion time point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost round portion indicating that the story with low expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the low-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected to the point where the low-expected story is advanced for 20 seconds (the remaining 40 seconds). In other words, at this time, the low-expected story is rewound to the point where it has been advanced for 20 seconds. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/3 (20 sec / 60 sec) indicating that the indicator IND2 has a left end of 0 sec, a right end of 60 sec, and a low-expected story is advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle) is given.

  In the low-expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the success / failure result is “big win”, wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 as shown in FIG. 40 (B). By this, the player is notified that the result of the success / failure was “big win”. In addition, when the result of the success / failure is “ordinary losing result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure result is a “normally off result”.

  FIG. 56 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a middle-expected story to a high-expected story. In other words, FIG. 56 shows a case where a high expectation story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a medium expectation story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 56 (A) is a diagram showing a state where a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a medium-expected story, and FIG. 56 (B) is a promotion to a high-expected story. FIG. 56C is a diagram showing a successful state, and FIG. 56C is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a high-expected story has failed. Each of FIGS. 56A to 56C is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below the respective diagrams, A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

  Also, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect as shown in FIG. 56A based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the medium-expected story in fast-forward (double speed), and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), the MPU 102 returns to FIG. As shown, the middle-expected story is promoted to the high-expected story in the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion indicating that the story with high expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the high-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the high-expected story is connected to the start point of the high-expected story and progressed. Further, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M2 (black circle) to the position of the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) indicating that it is the start point of the highly anticipated story, with the left end being 0 sec and the right end being 40 sec in the indicator IND2. .

  In this high expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the winning / losing lottery depending on whether or not a treasure is in the treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, enters the treasure to the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (B). The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “hit / winning” by making the treasure box found. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 has no treasure in the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (C). By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normally missed result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 56 (C), a medium expectation story is maintained at the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the middle-expected story is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forwarding effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forwarding effect and advances the story with the medium expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the medium-expected story is connected to the start point of the medium-expected story to advance. In other words, at this time, the medium expectation story is rewound to the start time. In addition, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) indicating that it is the start point of the medium expectation story in the indicator IND2, with the left end being 0 sec and the right end being 40 sec. .

  In this medium-expected story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found a treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102 finds a treasure box for the angel when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. By notifying the player, the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “big win”. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normal result”.

  FIG. 57 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a low-expectation story to a high-expectation story. In other words, FIG. 57 shows a case where a high-expected story is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, a low-expected story is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 57 (A) is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forwarding effect has occurred after starting a low-expected story, and FIG. 57 (B) is a promotion to a medium-expected story. FIG. 57 (C) is a diagram showing a state of success, FIG. 57 (C) is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a medium expectation story has failed, and FIG. 57 (D) is a re-promotion to a high expectation story. FIG. 57E is a diagram illustrating a state in which re-promotion to a story with a high expectation level has failed. 57A to 57E are diagrams showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below the respective drawings, and the steps shown in the respective drawings. A star is attached to the corresponding position.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts the variable display of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, thereby enabling high-speed display. Transition to a variable period. During this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts symbol fluctuation display by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (in this embodiment, upward).
After the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) on the effective line L (see FIG. 4), thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment) Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol sequence (symbol sequence Z2) is displayed variably in that state, thereby generating reach display and shifting to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing each symbol row Z1 to Z3 based on a super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. To shift to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places it in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story of low expectations by competing with the angel and the devil on the left.

  Further, after transitioning to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect as shown in FIG. 57 (A) based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. In the fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays the low-expected story in fast-forward (triple speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the promotion time PDL), the MPU 102 returns to FIG. As shown, in the promotion PDL, the story is promoted from a low expectation story to a medium expectation story. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the middle-expected story is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 57 (C), a low-expected story is maintained in the promotion time point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost round portion indicating that the story with low expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the low-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected to the start point of the low-expected story and proceeds. In other words, at this time, the low-expected story is rewound to the start time. In addition, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end (0 sec / 60 sec) position indicating the start point of the low-expected story, with the left end being 0 sec and the right end being 60 sec in the indicator IND2. .

  In the low-expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the success / failure result is “big win”, wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 as shown in FIG. 40 (B). By this, the player is notified that the result of the success / failure was “big win”. In addition, when the result of the success / failure is “ordinary losing result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure result is a “normally off result”.

  Further, when the MPU 102 is promoted from the low expectation story to the medium expectation story at the promotion time point PDL, as shown in FIG. 57B, the MPU 102 continues the fast-forward effect. In this fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the medium-expected story in fast-forward (double speed) and displays a fast-forward symbol image GB1 indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. . Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 showing the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and below the image GB2 (between the images GB1 and GB2) “ “Let's hit repeatedly !!” is displayed.

When the MPU 102 further receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), FIG. 57 (D) As shown in FIG. 2, the story is re-promoted from a medium expectation story to a high expectation story at the promotion PDM. Further, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion indicating that the story with high expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.
In the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transitions to the circular part. For example, the linear part can be obtained by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b. May be moved to the right side and then transition to a round part.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and advances the high-expected story at a normal speed. At this time, the high-expected story is connected to the start point of the high-expected story and progressed. Further, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M2 (black circle) to the position of the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) indicating that it is the start point of the highly anticipated story, with the left end being 0 sec and the right end being 40 sec in the indicator IND2. .

  In this high expectation story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the winning / losing lottery depending on whether or not a treasure is in the treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102, when the result of the success / failure is “big win”, enters the treasure to the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (B). The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “hit / winning” by making the treasure box found. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 has no treasure in the angel when the variable display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. 42 (C). By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normally missed result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect occurrence command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or more than the prescribed number at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 57 (E), the story of medium expectation is maintained at the promotion point-in-time PDM. Further, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M1 (black circle) to the central circular portion indicating that the middle-expected story is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forwarding effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forwarding effect and advances the story with the medium expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the medium-expected story is connected to the start point of the medium-expected story to advance. In other words, at this time, the medium expectation story is rewound to the start time. In addition, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) indicating that it is the start point of the medium expectation story in the indicator IND2, with the left end being 0 sec and the right end being 40 sec. .

  In this medium-expected story, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found a treasure box after the super reach period. Specifically, the MPU 102 finds a treasure box for the angel when the change display of the symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. By notifying the player, the player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “big win”. In addition, when the result is “normally off”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when the variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped as shown in FIG. The player is informed that the result of the success / failure was a “normal result”.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the story promotion effect generation process in S2114 executes a fast-forward effect that is connected to the start time of the subsequent story and proceeds at a normal speed.
In the present embodiment, the duration of the subsequent story is set to be equal to or less than the duration of the previous story.

Further, in the present embodiment, the indicator IND2 functions as a story progress notification unit that notifies the player of the progress of the subsequent story.
In the present embodiment, the story progress notification unit employs the indicator IND2, but may employ a voice or the like. In short, the story progress degree notifying unit only needs to be able to notify the player of the progress of the subsequent story.

According to the present embodiment as described above, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The story promotion effect generation process connects to the start point of the subsequent story and executes a fast-forward effect that proceeds at normal speed. Even when performing a fast-forward effect that progresses at a normal speed, the player can always see the later story from the beginning, and easily determine which story is progressing among multiple stories. I can grasp it. Therefore, the player can easily determine the degree of expectation, and as a result, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

(2) Since the duration of the latter story is set to be less than or equal to the duration of the former story, compared to the case where the duration is set to be longer than the duration of the former story, the first stage in the fast forward effect execution unit After the story is fast forwarded and progressed, the entire duration of reach display can be shortened when connecting to the subsequent story and proceeding at a normal speed.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment, and modifications, improvements, and the like within the scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
For example, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 includes an indicator IND1 for notifying the player which story is being progressed among a plurality of stories, and an indicator IND2 for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Although provided, these do not have to be provided.

[Modification of each embodiment]
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and modifications, improvements, and the like within the scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
(1) In each of the embodiments described above, the pachinko machine 10 executes one open / close of the big prize opening 38a for one round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may execute the opening / closing of the large prize winning opening 38a a plurality of times per round game.
(2) In each of the embodiments described above, the pachinko machine 10 has a predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses after the opening / closing door 38b is set to the open state, or a game to the big prize opening 38a. When the total number of winning balls reaches the predetermined upper limit, the open / close door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may be changed according to the upper limit duration, and the condition for setting the open / close door 38b to the closed state again is arbitrary.

(3) In each of the embodiments described above, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the open state, the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is a predetermined upper limit number. As a result, the open / close door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to an arbitrary number other than eight. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number differently according to the distribution result. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number different for each round in one opening / closing execution mode.

(4) In each of the embodiments described above, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes after the opening / closing door 38b is set in the open state, and the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit number. The door 38b was set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end opportunity to set the open / close door 38b in a closed state when a game ball enters, and this end is performed when a predetermined time elapses. You may be comprised so that the entrance to an opportunity may be enabled.
(5) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 closes the open / close door 38b again after a predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses after the open / close door 38b is set to the open state. It was set to. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b after a predetermined time has elapsed since the winning of the special winning opening 38a occurs after the open / close door 38b is set to the open state. The closed state may be set again.

(6) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the closed state again after setting the open / close door 38b to the open state. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the open / close door 38b again after the open / close door 38b is set to the open state.
(7) In each said embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 had one type of opening / closing execution mode. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has an opening / closing execution mode in which a round game is executed 15 times with an upper limit duration. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an opening / closing execution mode different from these with respect to the mode of the upper limit duration and the number of executions of the round game. Further, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to set a plurality of types of opening / closing execution modes by changing the mode of the upper limit duration. It is good also as a structure which sets multiple types of opening / closing execution modes by making these differ. Furthermore, the upper limit duration may be set so that the exact upper limit duration is different although it appears to the player in the same mode.

(8) In each of the above embodiments, the game result and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode are set in advance so as to correspond one-to-one. On the other hand, for example, the effect for the opening / closing execution mode may be set by randomly selecting from a plurality of types of effects without corresponding to the game result, or selected by lottery from a plurality of types of effects. The selection rate may be set different depending on the game result.
(9) In each of the embodiments described above, the MPU 62 uses the random number counter C1 for the jackpot lottery, and uses the category counter C2 for the jackpot type lottery when the jackpot occurs. On the other hand, the MPU 62 may use the random number counter C1 in the lottery type lottery when the jackpot occurs. In this case, the hit type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

(10) In each of the embodiments described above, the pachinko machine 10 has created a gaming state advantageous to the player and an unfavorable gaming state by setting the support mode, but sets a gaming state other than these. Accordingly, a gaming state that is advantageous to the player and an unfavorable gaming state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and an unfavorable gaming state by making the number of game times in which the high-frequency support mode continues after the opening / closing execution mode ends. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and an unfavorable gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high probability mode is continued after the opening / closing execution mode ends. .

(11) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 in the first result display unit reservation area Ra, and the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 to the second result display unit. By storing in the storage area Rb, the storage information related to the upper operation port 36 and the storage information related to the lower operation port 37 are stored separately. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information related to the upper working port 36 and the hold information related to the lower working port 37 together.
(12) In each of the embodiments described above, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 for digestion of game times regardless of whether there is hold information related to the upper operation port 36 or not. . On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 and the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 for digestion of game times in the order of winning of the respective hold information.

(13) In each of the above embodiments, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the sound emission control device 90, and the sound emission control device 90 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the display control device 100. Thus, control of the display control apparatus 100 is executed. On the other hand, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command obtained as a result of analyzing the command to the sound light emission control device 90. Control of the device 90 may be performed. The commands transmitted from the main control device 60 to the sound emission control device 90 and the commands transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments, but are arbitrary. .
(14) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. In contrast, for example, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and at least one of the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is mainly used. It may be provided as the same control device as the control device 60.

(15) In each of the above embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on winning in the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37. By starting the variable display of symbols, the effect for game times is executed on the display screen G. On the other hand, the effects for game times are not limited to the effects described in the above embodiments, but are arbitrary. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for game times by operating a movable decorative member provided on the game board 31 in combination with the symbol display device 51. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for game times by operating the light emitting means provided in the game board 31 and the symbol display device 51 in combination. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for game play by operating these decorative members and light emitting means in combination with the symbol display device 51.

(16) In each of the embodiments described above, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (winning lottery and distribution lottery) based on winning in the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, and then the main display unit 45. The symbol display device 51 executes the variable display and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a result of stopping the variable display. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and the internal lottery performed after starting the variable display as a result of stopping the variable display. The result may be displayed. In this case, after starting the variable display and before stopping the variable display, the internal lottery may be executed and the setting of the stop result or the like may be executed.

(17) In each of the embodiments described above, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 displays the variation display of the pattern and displays the result of the internal lottery as the stop result of the variation display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result as the stop result of the variable display regardless of the result of the internal lottery. By displaying the stop result at random, The lottery result may not be identified. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may not include the main display unit 45.

(18) In each of the above embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on winning in the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37. By starting the variable display of symbols, the effect for game times is executed on the display screen G. On the other hand, the symbol display device 51 may execute an effect for game times on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (design) that clearly indicates the result of the internal lottery.

  For example, the symbol display device 51 assigns a predetermined area to at least one of an area narrower than an area for displaying the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and a peripheral area of the region for displaying the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. When setting and stopping the variable display of the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, a symbol that clearly indicates the result of the internal lottery may be displayed in this predetermined area. The symbols displayed in the predetermined area may be displayed in a variable manner or may not be displayed during the variable display of the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

  Here, as the symbols displayed in the predetermined area, characters, colors or patterns that are difficult for the player to identify may be adopted, or a combination thereof may be adopted. Moreover, even if it is not a character, a color, or a pattern that is difficult for the player to identify, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to identify by adopting a similar pattern or a combination thereof. According to this, the manager of the game hall, for example, is the same as the case where the lottery in which the big hit occurs is won by observing the symbol display device 51 without observing the main display unit 45 at the end of the game round. It is possible to easily confirm whether or not an illegal act is attempted to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the above behavior.

(19) In each of the embodiments described above, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to operate alone, but may be configured to transmit and receive information by interlocking with an external device such as a mobile phone. . For example, a gaming machine is configured so that an optical code can be output by a player operating a button or the like provided on the gaming machine, and information on the optical code is provided on a mobile phone or the like. The gaming machine may be configured such that information on the gaming machine can be transmitted to the web server by imaging and reading at and accessing the website. In addition, the gaming machine is configured to receive the information of the web server by inputting the password issued by the player accessing the website into the gaming machine by operating a button or the like provided on the gaming machine. May be.

(20) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been exemplified and described as the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of pachinko machine different from the pachinko machine 10, for example, the gaming machine of the present invention, when a game ball enters a specific area, It may be a pachinko machine that opens the electric accessory a predetermined number of times, or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when a game ball enters a specific area. Further, the gaming machine of the present invention may be other types of gaming machines such as an arrangement ball machine and a sparrow ball.

[Invention group extracted from each embodiment]
The features of the invention group extracted from each of the embodiments will be described below. Of the features of the present invention group, the configuration corresponding to each of the above embodiments is shown in parentheses, but the features of the present invention group are not limited to the above embodiments, and the features of the present invention group Modifications, improvements, etc. within a range in which the object can be achieved, and combinations of features are included in the features of the present invention group.

<Feature A group>
Feature A1.
A launching unit (launching handle 27) for launching a game ball toward a game area formed on the game board, and a plurality of entrance means (through gate 41) provided in the game area for entering the game ball ) With a gaming machine (pachinko machine 10),
The entrance means is
First entrance means (central through gates 411 and 411A) for executing an internal lottery by entering the game balls launched by the launch means toward the first route (left-handed) of the game area When,
Second entry means (right through gate 412) for executing an internal lottery by entering the game balls launched by the launch means toward the second path (right-handed) of the game area; Prepared,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the first entry means gives a player a higher value than the second entry means when a predetermined condition is satisfied.

  According to the feature A1 of the present invention group, the first entry means gives the player a higher value than the second entry means when the predetermined condition is satisfied. When the predetermined condition is satisfied, the game ball is launched by the launching means toward the first route in the game area. Therefore, for example, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the game ball is launched by the launching unit toward the first path of the game area, and when the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the second of the game area If the gaming machine is configured to notify the player of information prompting the player to launch a game ball toward the path of the player, the player must counter the information notified by the gaming machine. However, since the game ball is fired by the launching means, the gaming machine can improve its game performance.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A1 of the present invention group,
A state transition means (main control device 60) for shifting between a normal gaming state (low frequency support mode) and a specific gaming state (high frequency support mode) that is more advantageous to the player than the normal gaming state;
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the first entry means gives a player a value higher than that of the second entry means when the state transition means shifts to the normal game state.

  According to the feature A2 of the present invention group, the first entry means gives the player a higher value than the second entry means when the state change means makes a transition to the normal game state. In the normal gaming state, the player launches a game ball by the launching means toward the first route in the game area. Thus, for example, in the normal gaming state, the launching means launches a game ball toward the first route in the gaming area, and in the specific gaming state, the launching means toward the second route in the gaming area. When the gaming machine is configured to notify the player of information prompting the player to fire, the player launches the game ball with the launching means without countering the information notified by the gaming machine. As a result, the gaming machine can improve its gaming properties.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A2 of the present invention group,
Production execution means (sound emission control device 90) for executing the production triggered by the entry of the game ball into the entry means,
The production execution means
A first effect determination unit (processing in step S1902) for determining whether or not an effect is executed in response to the game ball entering the first ball entry means in the normal game state;
An advantageous information providing unit (blade) that provides information advantageous to the player when it is determined by the first production determining unit that the production is executed when the game ball enters the first ball entry means. And a member release notification effect setting process).

  According to the feature A3 of the present invention group, when the advantage information giving unit determines that the first effect determination unit executes the effect triggered by the game ball entering the first ball entry means, Since the information that is advantageous to the player is given, the first entry means can give the player a higher value than the second entry means.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A3 of the present invention group,
As a result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the ball entry means, a variable ball that allows a game ball launched toward the second route of the game area to enter temporarily Equipped with a mechanism (right variable pitching mechanism 40),
The production execution means
A second effect determination unit (processing of step S1810) for determining whether or not to execute an effect triggered by the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means in the normal game state;
The timing at which the game ball cannot enter the variable ball entry mechanism when the second production determination unit determines that the production is to be executed in response to the game ball entering the second ball entry means. And a normal information giving unit (sound emission control device 90) for giving information to the player,
When the first information determining unit determines that the effect is to be executed in response to the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means, the advantage information providing unit receives the game ball in the variable ball entry mechanism. A game machine characterized in that information is given to a player at a timing when the player can enter the ball.

  According to the feature A4 of the present invention group, the normal information giving unit gives information to the player at a timing when the game ball cannot enter the variable pitching mechanism, and the advantageous information giving unit adds to the variable pitching mechanism. Since information is given to the player at a timing when the game ball can enter, the first entry means can give the player a higher value than the second entry means.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in any of features A1 to A4 of the present invention group,
The result of the internal lottery performed based on the entrance of the game ball to the entrance means as a result of stopping the change display while executing the change display in response to the entrance of the game ball to the entrance means Display means for displaying (the display unit 46 for the accessory and the symbol display device 51);
When a predetermined condition is satisfied, the state of the fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means is changed to the state of the fluctuation display based on the game ball entry into the first ball entry means. A gaming machine comprising: variable state setting means (long-term electric role display continuation time setting processing) that is set so as to be disadvantageous than the state.

  According to the feature A5 of the present invention group, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the fluctuation state setting means sets the state of the fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means to the first input. Since it is set to be disadvantageous compared to the state of variation display based on the game ball entering the ball means, the first ball entry means gives the player a higher value than the second ball entry means. be able to. Therefore, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the player launches a game ball by the launching means toward the first route in the game area.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A5 of the present invention group,
The fluctuation state setting means includes
The duration of the variable display based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means is set to be longer than the duration of the variable display based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means. By doing so, the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means becomes more disadvantageous than the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means. A gaming machine characterized by setting as follows.

  According to the feature A6 of the present invention group, the variation state setting means sets the duration of the variation display based on the entry of the game ball to the second entry means to the entry of the game ball to the first entry means. Since it is set to be longer than the duration of the variation display based on, the state of the variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means is the entry of the game ball into the first entry means Therefore, the time efficiency is deteriorated as compared with the state of the variable display based on. Accordingly, the variation state setting means is more disadvantageous than the variation display state based on the entry of the game ball into the first entry means in the change display state based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means. Can be set to be

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A5 or feature A6 of the present invention group,
When a game ball enters the ball entry means, a ball entry determination means (electric role support) that determines which of the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means the game ball has entered. Processing)
The fluctuation state setting means sets the duration of the fluctuation display to a normal duration when the ball entry determination means determines that a game ball has entered the first ball entry means, and When it is determined by the ball determination means that a game ball has entered the second entry means, the duration of the variable display is set to a long duration longer than the normal duration. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature A7 of the present invention group, since the gaming machine includes the ball entering determination unit, even if the game machine includes a plurality of ball entering units having the same function, It can be determined which of the second entrance means the game ball has entered. The variation state setting means sets the duration of the variable display to the normal duration when the entry determination means determines that the game ball has entered the first entry means, and determines the entry. When the means determines that the game ball has entered the second entry means, the duration of the variable display is set to a long duration longer than the normal duration, so the first entry means The player can be given higher value than the second ball entry means. Therefore, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the player launches a game ball by the launching means toward the first route in the game area.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A7 of the present invention group,
The entrance determination means includes
A first detection unit (detection sensor 50f) for detecting that a game ball has entered the first entry means;
A second detection unit (detection sensor 50g) for detecting that a game ball has entered the second entry means;
When the first detection unit detects that a game ball has entered, it is determined that a game ball has entered the first entry means, and the second detection unit determines that the game ball has entered. When it is detected that a game ball has entered, it is determined that a game ball has entered the second ball entry means.

  According to the feature A8 of the present invention group, since the ball entry determination means includes the first detection unit and the second detection unit, when the game ball enters the ball entry means, It is possible to reliably determine which of the incoming ball means and the second incoming ball means the game ball has entered, and the structure of the incoming ball determining means can be simplified.

Feature A9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A7 or feature A8 of the present invention group,
Reference ball entry means for allowing the game ball launched by the launch means to enter the first path (left-handed) of the game area and then continuing the flow of the game area without discharging from the game area (Upper working port 36A);
The first entrance means (central through gate 411A) for entering a game ball that has continued to flow down in the game area by the reference entrance means by being provided below the reference entrance means;
An internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into the reference entry means as a result of stopping the change display while executing the change display in response to the entry of the game ball into the reference entry means The display means (main display unit 45, accessory display unit 46, and symbol display device 51) for displaying the result of
The ball entry determination means determines that a game ball has entered the first ball entry means when executing a variable display based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means; A gaming machine characterized by determining that a game ball has entered the second ball entry means when display of variation based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means is not executed.

  According to the feature A9 of the present invention group, the game ball that has entered the reference entry means continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area, and enters the first entry means as it is. When a game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means is always executed. Then, the ball entry determining means determines that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means when executing the variable display based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means, and refers to When the change display based on the game ball entering the ball entry means is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means. In other words, the entry determining means refers to whether or not the variation display based on the entry to the reference entry means is being executed when a game ball enters the entry means. Since it is possible to determine which of the incoming ball means and the second incoming ball means the game ball has entered, the configuration of the incoming ball determination means can be diversified.

Feature A10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A7 or feature A8 of the present invention group,
After the game ball launched by the launching means enters the first path (left-handed) of the game area, the first flow of the game area is continued without being discharged from the game area. Entry means (central through gate 411),
A reference entrance means (upper operation port 36) for entering a game ball that has been kept flowing down in the game area by the first entrance means by being provided below the first entrance means;
An internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into the reference entry means as a result of stopping the change display while executing the change display in response to the entry of the game ball into the reference entry means The display means (main display unit 45, accessory display unit 46, and symbol display device 51) for displaying the result of
The entrance determination means includes
A lottery delay unit (processing of step S1409A) for delaying execution of the variable display based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means;
When the display of variation based on the entry of the game ball to the reference entrance means is executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the first entrance means, and the reference entrance means A game machine characterized by determining that a game ball has entered the second ball entry means when the variable display based on the game ball is not executed.

  According to the feature A10 of the present invention group, the game ball that has entered the first entry means continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area, and enters the reference entry means as it is. In addition, the entrance determination unit includes a lottery delay unit that delays execution of the variable display based on the entrance of the game ball to the first entrance means. Therefore, when a game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display based on the game ball entry into the reference ball entry means is always executed. Then, the ball entry determining means determines that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means when executing the variable display based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means, and refers to When the change display based on the game ball entering the ball entry means is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means. In other words, the entry determining means refers to whether or not the variation display based on the entry to the reference entry means is being executed when a game ball enters the entry means. Since it is possible to determine which of the incoming ball means and the second incoming ball means the game ball has entered, the configuration of the incoming ball determination means can be diversified.

  According to such a feature group A of the present invention, the playability of the gaming machine can be improved, and the following problems can be solved.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there has been known a gaming machine including a launching unit that launches a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board and a plurality of entrance means provided in the game area for entering the game ball. ing. The ball entry means includes a first ball entry means for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball launched by the launch means toward a first path (left-handed) in the game area, and a game area And a second entry means for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball launched by the launch means toward the second path (right-handed).

The gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery by entering the game ball into the pitching means. State and transition.
Then, based on the information notified by the gaming machine, the player launches a game ball with the launching means toward the first route of the game area in the normal game state, and in the specific game state, the game area The game ball is fired by the launching means toward the second path.

  However, for example, in the normal gaming state, if the value given to the player by the second entry means is higher than the value given to the player by the first entry means, the player There is a problem that the game ball may be fired by the launching means toward the second route different from the information notified by the gaming machine, and the gaming performance of the gaming machine may be lowered.

<Feature B group>
Feature B1.
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a game ball toward a game area formed on the game board, and a plurality of entrance means (through gate 41) provided in the game area for entering the game ball And an upper working port 36, 36A), a gaming machine (pachinko machine 10),
The entrance means is
Normal ball entry means (center through gates 411, 411A and right side through gate 412) for executing an internal lottery by entering the game balls launched by the launch means;
Reference ball entry means (upper operation ports 36, 36A) for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball launched by the launch means,
The gaming machine is
The result of the internal lottery performed based on the entrance of the game ball to the entrance means as a result of stopping the change display while executing the change display in response to the entrance of the game ball to the entrance means Display means (main display unit 45, accessory display unit 46, and symbol display device 51),
The case where the variation display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference entry means is executed and the case where the change display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference entry means is not executed. A gaming machine comprising: a variation state setting unit that sets a state of variation display based on a game ball entering the ball entry unit in a different manner.

  According to the feature B1 of the present invention group, the variation state setting means executes the variation display based on the game ball entering the reference entry means, and the game ball enters the reference entry means. Since the state of the variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the normal entry means is set differently when the change display based on the game is not executed, it is based on the entry of the game ball into the normal entry means The state of the variable display can be diversified, and the gaming performance of the gaming machine can be improved.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B1 of the present invention group,
The entrance means is
After the game ball launched by the launch means is entered, the reference entrance means (upper operating port 36A) that continues the flow down of the game area without discharging from the game area,
The normal entry means is:
A first entrance means (central through gate 411A) for entering a game ball that has continued to flow down in the game area by the reference entrance means by being provided below the reference entrance means;
A second entry means (right through gate 412) that does not enter a game ball that has continued to flow down the game area by the reference entry means;
The gaming machine is
When the display of variation based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means is being executed, it is determined that a game ball has entered the first ball entry means, and the reference ball entry means When the variation display based on the entry of the game ball is not executed, the second entry means includes a ball entry judging means (electric support support process) for judging that the game ball has entered. A featured gaming machine.

  According to the feature B2 of the present invention group, the game ball that has entered the reference entry means continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area, and enters the first entry means as it is. When a game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means is always executed. Then, the ball entry determining means determines that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means when executing the variable display based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means, and refers to When the change display based on the game ball entering the ball entry means is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means. In other words, the entry determining means refers to whether or not the variation display based on the entry to the reference entry means is being executed when a game ball enters the entry means. Since it can be determined whether the game ball has entered the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, the fluctuation state setting means displays the fluctuation display based on the game ball entry into the normal ball entry means. Can be set differently.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B1 of the present invention group,
The normal entry means is:
A first throwing means (central through gate 411) for continuing the flow down of the game area without discharging from the game area after the game ball launched by the launching means has entered;
Second entrance means (right side through gate 412) for entering the game ball launched by the launch means,
The entrance means is
The reference entrance means (upper operating port 36) is provided below the first entrance means to enter a game ball that has continued to flow down in the game area by the first entrance means. Prepared,
The gaming machine is
When the display of variation based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means is being executed, it is determined that a game ball has entered the first ball entry means, and the reference ball entry means When the variation display based on the entry of the game ball is not executed, the second ball entry means includes a ball entry judging means (electric support support process) for judging that the game ball has entered,
The entrance determination means includes
A gaming machine, comprising: a lottery delay unit (processing in step S1409A) for delaying execution of variation display based on a game ball entering the first ball entry means.

  According to the feature B3 of the present invention group, the game ball that has entered the first entry means continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area, and enters the reference entry means as it is. In addition, the entrance determination unit includes a lottery delay unit that delays execution of the variable display based on the entrance of the game ball to the first entrance means. Therefore, when a game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display based on the game ball entry into the reference ball entry means is always executed. Then, the ball entry determining means determines that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means when executing the variable display based on the game ball entering the reference ball entry means, and refers to When the change display based on the game ball entering the ball entry means is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means. In other words, the entry determining means refers to whether or not the variation display based on the entry to the reference entry means is being executed when a game ball enters the entry means. Since it can be determined whether the game ball has entered the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, the fluctuation state setting means displays the fluctuation display based on the game ball entry into the normal ball entry means. Can be set differently.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B2 or feature B3 of the present invention group,
The fluctuating state setting means is configured to change the state of fluctuating display based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entering means than the state of fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means. A gaming machine characterized by being set to be disadvantageous.

  According to the feature B4 of the present invention group, the variation state setting means changes the state of the variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means into the entry of the game ball into the first entry means. Since it is set so as to be disadvantageous than the state of the fluctuation display based on the game, the player launches the game ball by the launching means toward the first route in the game area. Therefore, the gaming machine uses the launching means toward the first path of the game area to cause the game balls to enter the first entrance means set to be advantageous by the variation state setting means. Will come to fire. In other words, the gaming machine can guide the player to launch the game ball with the launching means toward the first route of the gaming area, so that the gaming machine can improve its gaming performance. Can do.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B4 of the present invention group,
The fluctuation state setting means includes
The duration of the variable display based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means is set to be longer than the duration of the variable display based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means. By doing so, the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means becomes more disadvantageous than the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means. A gaming machine characterized by setting as follows.

  According to the feature B5 of the present invention group, the fluctuation state setting means sets the duration of the fluctuation display based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means to enter the game ball into the first ball entry means. Is set so as to be longer than the duration of the variable display based on the game, so the state of the variable display based on the game ball entering the second ball entry means is the game ball entering the first ball entry means. Time efficiency is lost compared with the state of the variable display based on a sphere. Accordingly, the variation state setting means is more disadvantageous than the variation display state based on the entry of the game ball into the first entry means in the change display state based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means. Can be set to be

  According to such a feature group B of the present invention, the player's attention to the game can be improved, so the following problems can be solved.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine including a display device that variably displays a plurality of pictures is known. This gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a big win lottery by entering a game ball into the operation port (ball entry means), and also starts to display a variation of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins the big hit lottery, the game machine finally stops and displays a combination of specific pictures on the display device and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.

  However, since the state of the fluctuation display based on the entrance of the game ball to the entrance means is set independently with respect to the other entrance means, it becomes monotonous, and consequently the player's game There is a problem that the degree of attention may also decrease.

<Feature C group>
Feature C1.
Fluctuation display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of symbols, and an expectation that makes the player expect the game state to shift to a specific control state advantageous to the player with the variation display means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) provided with expected effect execution means (speech light emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing reach display as an effect,
The reach indication is
It has multiple stories that are continuous in time series,
The expected production execution means
A story selection section (story selection process) for selecting one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story;
A previous story selection section (starting story selection process) for selecting a previous story in chronological order from the latter story;
A fast-forward effect execution unit (fast-forward effect generation process and story promotion effect generation process) for executing a fast-forward effect that is connected to the subsequent-stage story and proceeds at a normal speed after the previous-stage story is advanced and advanced,
A gaming machine comprising: a story type notifying unit (indicator IND1) for notifying a player which story is progressing among the plurality of stories.

  According to the feature C1 of the present invention group, the expected performance executing means includes a story type notification section that notifies the player which story is being advanced among a plurality of stories. The player can easily determine which one of the multiple stories is progressing, even when performing a fast-forward effect that connects to the latter story and proceeds at normal speed. I can grasp it. Therefore, the player can easily determine the degree of expectation, and as a result, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A gaming machine comprising a story progress notifying unit (indicator IND2) for notifying a player of the progress of the latter story.

  According to the feature C2 of the present invention group, the expected performance execution means includes the story progress notifying unit for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Even in the case of executing a fast-forward effect that is progressed at a normal speed by connecting in the middle of the story, the player can easily grasp the progress of the subsequent story.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 or feature C2 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A connection determination unit (processing in step S2113) for determining whether to connect to the subsequent story after the preceding story has been fast-forwarded and advanced;
When the connection determination unit determines that the fast-forward effect execution unit determines to connect to the subsequent story, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, and then connects to the subsequent story and proceeds at a normal speed. When the connection determination unit determines that the connection to the subsequent story is not established, the previous story is forward-forwarded and advanced, and then the previous story is maintained and advanced at a normal speed. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature C3 of the present invention group, when the fast-forwarding effect execution unit determines to connect to the subsequent story in the connection determination unit, the fast-forward effect is forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story. If it is determined that the connection determination unit does not connect to the subsequent story, the previous story is forwarded and advanced, and then the previous story is maintained and advanced at a normal speed. The reach display can be diversified, so that the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C3 of the present invention group,
An operating means (push button 25b) for receiving input of information by being operated by a player is provided.
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the connection determination unit determines that the player connects to the subsequent story when the operation means is operated by a player when the previous story is advanced and advanced.

  According to the feature C4 of the present invention group, the connection determination unit determines that the player connects to the subsequent story when the operating means is operated by the player when the previous story is advanced and advanced. By operating the operating means, the person can advance and advance the previous story, and then connect to the subsequent story and proceed at a normal speed. Therefore, since the player can make a transition between a plurality of stories, it is possible to easily determine the magnitude of the expectation, and to improve the player's attention to the game. .

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine described in any of features C1 to C4 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A story replacement unit (replacement process of a medium expectation story) for replacing the previous story with a specific story different from the previous story,
The fast-forward effect execution unit executes a fast-forward effect in which the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit is advanced and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story and advanced at a normal speed. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature C5 of the present invention group, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, and then connects to the subsequent story and advances at a normal speed. As a result, the reach display can be diversified, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C5 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A replacement determination unit (processing in step S2009C) for determining whether to replace the previous story with the specific story;
The story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story when the replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination unit replaces the specific with the specific story. A gaming machine characterized by maintaining the preceding story if it is determined that the story is not replaced.

  According to the feature C6 of the present invention group, when the replacement part is determined to replace the previous story by the replacement determination part, the story replacement part replaces the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination part starts from the previous story. If it is determined not to replace the specific story, the previous story is maintained, so that the reach display can be further diversified, and the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C6 of the present invention group,
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a game ball toward the game area formed on the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. Starting ball entry means (upper working port 36),
The replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start ball entry means. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature C7 of the present invention group, the replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means. Therefore, it is possible to replace the previous story with the specific story in association with the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the start ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention of the player to the game.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C7 of the present invention group,
The replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story when winning an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start pitching means, and the start pitch A gaming machine, characterized in that, when an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the means is not won, it is determined that the previous story is not replaced with the specific story.

  According to the feature C8 of the present invention group, the replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with a specific story when winning the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entry means. However, if the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means is not won, it is determined that the previous story will not be replaced with the specific story. We will pay attention to whether or not it has been replaced with a specific story. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention of the player to the game.

Feature C9.
In the gaming machine described in any of the features C5 to C8 of the present invention group,
The fast-forward effect execution unit performs disguise as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding and progressing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit. Machine.

  According to the feature C9 of the present invention group, the fast-forwarding effect execution unit impersonates as if the previous story was being forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding and progressing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to identify whether the previous story is fast-forwarded or the specific story is fast-forwarded. Therefore, the player can enjoy the prediction of whether or not the previous story has been replaced with the specific story.

Feature C10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C9 of the present invention group,
Whether the fast-forwarding execution execution part is fast-forwarding the previous story by advancing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit at a speed different from the fast-forwarding of the previous-stage story. A gaming machine characterized by being camouflaged as shown.

  According to the feature C10 of the present invention group, the fast-forwarding effect execution unit advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit at a speed different from the fast-forwarding of the previous story, so that, for example, the previous story is accelerated. If you prepare a specific story, and fast-forward and advance the specific story, as if you are fast-forwarding the previous-stage story by fast-forwarding at a slower speed than when you advance and advance the previous story Can be camouflaged. Also, for example, if you prepare a specific story with the previous story at a low speed and advance the specific story fast forward, you can fast forward the previous story by fast-forwarding it faster than when you advance the previous story forward. And can be camouflaged as if it were progressing.

Feature C11.
In the gaming machine described in any of features C1 to C10 of the present invention group,
The reach display is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story.

  According to the feature C11 of the present invention group, the reach display is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story, so that the fast-forwarding effect execution unit advances the story and advances it. The more you make it, the higher the expectation of reach display. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention to the player's fast-forward effect.

  According to the feature group C of the present invention, the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine provided with a variable display unit that displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner is known. The gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the operation port, and starts displaying a variation of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins a big win lottery, the game machine finally stops and displays a specific combination of pictures on the display device and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine performs reach display as an expected effect that causes the player to expect that the game state is shifted to the specific control state after starting the display of the variation of the pattern. This reach display has, for example, a plurality of stories that are continuous in time series, and performs an effect of fast-forwarding a part of these stories, thereby increasing the player's expectation.

  However, such fast-forwarding of a part of a story is fast and the content of the story is difficult to understand, so it is difficult for the player to judge the size of the expectation, and thus to the player's game There is a problem that the degree of attention may also decrease.

<Feature D group>
Feature D1.
Fluctuation display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of symbols, and an expectation that makes the player expect the game state to shift to a specific control state advantageous to the player with the variation display means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) provided with expected effect execution means (speech light emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing reach display as an effect,
The reach indication is
It has multiple stories that are continuous in time series,
The expected production execution means
A story selection section (story selection process) for selecting one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story;
A previous story selection section (starting story selection process) for selecting a previous story in chronological order from the latter story;
A story replacement unit (replacement process of a medium expectation story) that replaces the previous story with a specific story different from the previous story;
After fast-forwarding and progressing the preceding story, or after fast-forwarding and progressing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, it is connected to the subsequent story and progresses at a normal speed. A game machine comprising: a fast-forward effect execution unit (fast-forward effect generation process and story promotion effect generation process).

  According to the feature D1 of the present invention group, the fast-forwarding effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the preceding story, or fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story-replacement unit. Since the fast-forwarding effect of connecting and proceeding at a normal speed is executed, the reach display can be diversified, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D1 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A replacement determination unit (processing in step S2009C) for determining whether to replace the previous story with the specific story;
The story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story when the replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination unit replaces the specific with the specific story. A gaming machine characterized by maintaining the preceding story if it is determined that the story is not replaced.

  According to the feature D2 of the present invention group, the story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story when the replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story, and replaces the previous story from the previous story with the replacement determination unit. If it is determined not to replace the specific story, the previous story is maintained, so that the reach display can be further diversified, and the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D2 of the present invention group,
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a game ball toward the game area formed on the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. Starting ball entry means (upper working port 36),
The replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start ball entry means. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature D3 of the present invention group, the replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means. Therefore, it is possible to replace the previous story with the specific story in association with the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the start ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention of the player to the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D3 of the present invention group,
The replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story when winning an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start pitching means, and the start pitch A gaming machine, characterized in that, when an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the means is not won, it is determined that the previous story is not replaced with the specific story.

  According to the feature D4 of the present invention group, the replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story when winning the internal lottery executed with the game ball entering the starting ball entry means. However, if the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means is not won, it is determined that the previous story will not be replaced with the specific story. We will pay attention to whether or not it has been replaced with a specific story. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention of the player to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in any of the features D1 to D4 of the present invention group,
The fast-forward effect execution unit performs disguise as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding and progressing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit. Machine.

  According to the feature D5 of the present invention group, the fast-forwarding effect execution unit impersonates as if the previous-stage story is being forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding and progressing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to identify whether the previous story is fast-forwarded or the specific story is fast-forwarded. Therefore, the player can enjoy the prediction of whether or not the previous story has been replaced with the specific story.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D5 of the present invention group,
Whether the fast-forwarding execution execution part is fast-forwarding the previous story by advancing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit at a speed different from the fast-forwarding of the previous-stage story. A gaming machine characterized by being camouflaged as shown.

  According to the feature D6 of the present invention group, the fast-forward effect execution unit advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit at a speed different from the fast-forward of the previous story, so that, for example, the previous story is accelerated. If you prepare a specific story, and fast-forward and advance the specific story, as if you are fast-forwarding the previous-stage story by fast-forwarding at a slower speed than when you advance and advance the previous story Can be camouflaged. Also, for example, if you prepare a specific story with a lower speed of the previous story and advance the specific story fast forward, you can fast forward the previous story by fast-forwarding it faster than when you advance the previous story forward. And can be camouflaged as if it were progressing.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine described in any of features D1 to D6 of the present invention group,
The expected effect executing means includes a story type notifying unit (indicator IND1) for notifying a player which one of the plurality of stories is progressing.

  According to the feature D7 of the present invention group, the expected performance executing means includes a story type notification section that notifies the player which story is being advanced among a plurality of stories, so that the previous story is fast-forwarded. Even if you perform a fast-forward effect that connects to the subsequent story and advances at a normal speed, after you have advanced, or after fast-forwarding the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, The player can easily grasp which story is progressing among a plurality of stories. Therefore, the player can easily determine the degree of expectation, and as a result, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature D8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D7 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A gaming machine comprising a story progress notifying unit (indicator IND2) for notifying a player of the progress of the latter story.

  According to the feature D8 of the present invention group, the expected performance execution means includes the story progress notifying unit for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Even in the case of executing a fast-forward effect that is progressed at a normal speed by connecting in the middle of the story, the player can easily grasp the progress of the subsequent story.

Feature D9.
In the gaming machine described in any of features D1 to D8 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A connection determination unit that determines whether to connect to the subsequent story after the previous story has been fast-forwarded or advanced, or after the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit has been fast-forwarded and advanced. Step S2113)
If the fast-forwarding effect execution unit determines that the connection determination unit is connected to the subsequent story, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, or the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit Is fast forwarded, and then connected to the subsequent story and progressed at a normal speed.If the connection determination unit determines that the subsequent story is not connected, fast forward the previous story. After proceeding or after fast-forwarding and proceeding with the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, maintaining the previous story or the specific story and proceeding at a normal speed Gaming machine.

  According to the feature D9 of the present invention group, when the fast-forwarding effect execution unit determines to connect to the subsequent story in the connection determination unit, the fast-forward effect execution unit replaces the previous story after fast-forwarding and proceeding, or in the story replacement unit Fast forward the specified story, and then connect to the subsequent story and proceed at normal speed.If the connection determination unit determines not to connect to the subsequent story, fast forward the previous story. Diversify the reach display after proceeding or after fast-forwarding the specific story replaced in the story replacement section and proceeding at the normal speed while maintaining the previous story or the specific story As a result, the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature D10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D9 of the present invention group,
An operating means (push button 25b) for receiving input of information by being operated by a player is provided.
The connection determination unit determines that the player connects to the subsequent story by operating the operation means by a player when the preceding story or the specific story is being advanced and advanced. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature D10 of the present invention group, the connection determination unit determines that the player connects to the subsequent story by operating the operation means by the player when the preceding story or the specific story is advanced and advanced. Therefore, by operating the operation means, the player can advance and advance the previous story or the specific story, and then connect to the subsequent story and advance at a normal speed. Therefore, since the player can make a transition between a plurality of stories, it is possible to easily determine the magnitude of the expectation, and to improve the player's attention to the game. .

Feature D11.
In the gaming machine described in any of the features D1 to D10 of the present invention group,
The reach display is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story.

  According to the feature D11 of the present invention group, the reach display is set so that the expectation degree of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation degree of the preceding story, so that the fast-forward effect execution unit advances the story and advances it. The more you make it, the higher the expectation of reach display. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention to the player's fast-forward effect.

  According to such a feature group D of the present invention, the player's attention to the game can be improved, and the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine provided with a variable display unit that displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner is known. The gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the operation port, and starts displaying a variation of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins a big win lottery, the game machine finally stops and displays a specific combination of pictures on the display device and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine performs reach display as an expected effect that causes the player to expect that the game state is shifted to the specific control state after starting the display of the variation of the pattern. This reach display has, for example, a plurality of stories that are continuous in time series, and performs an effect of fast-forwarding a part of these stories, thereby increasing the player's expectation.

  However, the effect of fast-forwarding a part of such a story merely shows high expectation simply by fast-forwarding, so the reach display becomes monotonous and eventually the player's There is a problem that the degree of attention to the game may also decrease.

<Feature E group>
Feature E1.
Fluctuation display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of symbols, and an expectation that makes the player expect the game state to shift to a specific control state advantageous to the player with the variation display means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) provided with expected effect execution means (speech light emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing reach display as an effect,
The reach indication is
It has multiple stories that are continuous in time series,
The expected production execution means
A story selection section (story selection process) for selecting one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story;
A previous story selection section (starting story selection process) for selecting a previous story in chronological order from the latter story;
A fast-forward effect execution unit (fast-forward effect generation process and story promotion effect generation process) for executing a fast-forward effect that advances the normal story at a normal speed after the previous story is advanced and advanced ,
The game machine characterized in that the fast-forward effect execution unit executes a fast-forward effect that is connected to the start point of the subsequent story and proceeds at a normal speed.

  According to the feature E1 of the present invention group, the fast-forwarding effect execution unit executes a fast-forwarding effect that is connected to the starting point of the subsequent story and proceeds at a normal speed. Even when a fast-forwarding effect is performed by connecting to a later story and proceeding at a normal speed, the player can always see the latter story from the start, and which of the multiple stories progresses. It is possible to easily grasp whether or not Therefore, the player can easily determine the degree of expectation, and as a result, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E1 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine characterized in that the duration of the subsequent story is set to be equal to or less than the duration of the preceding story.

  According to the feature E2 of the present invention group, since the duration of the subsequent story is set to be equal to or less than the duration of the previous story, compared to the case where the duration is set longer than the duration of the previous story, When the first story is fast-forwarded and advanced by the fast-forward effect execution unit and then connected to the second-stage story and advanced at a normal speed, the overall reach display time can be shortened.

Feature E3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E1 or feature E2 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine comprising a story type notifying unit (indicator IND1) for notifying a player which story is being progressed among the plurality of stories.

  According to the feature E3 of the present invention group, the expected effect execution means includes a story type notification section that notifies the player which story is being advanced among a plurality of stories. The player can easily determine which one of the multiple stories is progressing, even when performing a fast-forward effect that connects to the latter story and proceeds at normal speed. I can grasp it. Therefore, the player can easily determine the degree of expectation, and as a result, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine described in any of features E1 to E3 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A gaming machine comprising a story progress notifying unit (indicator IND2) for notifying a player of the progress of the latter story.

  According to the feature E4 of the present invention group, the expected performance executing means includes the story progress notifying unit for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Even in the case of executing a fast-forward effect that is progressed at a normal speed by connecting in the middle of the story, the player can easily grasp the progress of the subsequent story.

Feature E5.
In the gaming machine described in any of features E1 to E4 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A connection determination unit (processing in step S2113) for determining whether to connect to the subsequent story after the preceding story has been fast-forwarded and advanced;
When the connection determination unit determines that the fast-forward effect execution unit determines to connect to the subsequent story, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, and then connects to the subsequent story and proceeds at a normal speed. When the connection determination unit determines that the connection to the subsequent story is not established, the previous story is forward-forwarded and advanced, and then the previous story is maintained and advanced at a normal speed. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature E5 of the present invention group, when the fast-forwarding effect execution unit determines that the connection determination unit connects to the subsequent story, the fast-forward effect is forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story. If it is determined that the connection determination unit does not connect to the subsequent story, the previous story is forwarded and advanced, and then the previous story is maintained and advanced at a normal speed. The reach display can be diversified, so that the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E5 of the present invention group,
An operating means (push button 25b) for receiving input of information by being operated by a player is provided.
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the connection determination unit determines that the player connects to the subsequent story when the operation means is operated by a player when the previous story is advanced and advanced.

  According to the feature E6 of the present invention group, the connection determination unit determines that the player connects to the subsequent story when the operating means is operated by the player when the previous story is advanced and advanced. By operating the operating means, the person can advance and advance the previous story, and then connect to the subsequent story and proceed at a normal speed. Therefore, since the player can make a transition between a plurality of stories, it is possible to easily determine the magnitude of the expectation, and to improve the player's attention to the game. .

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine described in any of features E1 to E6 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A story replacement unit (replacement process of a medium expectation story) for replacing the previous story with a specific story different from the previous story,
The fast-forward effect execution unit executes a fast-forward effect in which the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit is advanced and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story and advanced at a normal speed. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature E7 of the present invention group, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, and then connects to the subsequent story and advances at a normal speed. As a result, the reach display can be diversified, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature E8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E7 of the present invention group,
The expected production execution means
A replacement determination unit (processing in step S2009C) for determining whether to replace the previous story with the specific story;
The story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story when the replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination unit replaces the specific with the specific story. A gaming machine characterized by maintaining the preceding story if it is determined that the story is not replaced.

  According to the feature E8 of the present invention group, when the replacement section determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story, the replacement section determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story, and the replacement determination section starts with the previous story. If it is determined not to replace the specific story, the previous story is maintained, so that the reach display can be further diversified, and the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature E9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E8 of the present invention group,
A launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a game ball toward the game area formed on the game board and a game ball flowing down the game area are entered, and an internal lottery is executed when the game ball enters. Starting ball entry means (upper working port 36),
The replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start ball entry means. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature E9 of the present invention group, the replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means. Therefore, it is possible to replace the previous story with the specific story in association with the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the start ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention of the player to the game.

Feature E10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E9 of the present invention group,
The replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story when winning an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the start pitching means, and the start pitch A gaming machine, characterized in that, when an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the means is not won, it is determined that the previous story is not replaced with the specific story.

  According to the feature E10 of the present invention group, the replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with a specific story when winning an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. However, if the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means is not won, it is determined that the previous story will not be replaced with the specific story. We will pay attention to whether or not it has been replaced with a specific story. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention of the player to the game.

Feature E11.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features E7 to E10 of the invention group,
The fast-forward effect execution unit performs disguise as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding and progressing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit. Machine.

  According to the feature E11 of the present invention group, the fast-forwarding effect execution unit impersonates as if the previous-stage story was fast-forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding and progressing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to identify whether the previous story is fast-forwarded or the specific story is fast-forwarded. Therefore, the player can enjoy the prediction of whether or not the previous story has been replaced with the specific story.

Feature E12.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E11 of the present invention group,
Whether the fast-forwarding execution execution part is fast-forwarding the previous story by advancing the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit at a speed different from the fast-forwarding of the previous-stage story. A gaming machine characterized by being camouflaged as shown.

  According to the feature E12 of the present invention group, the fast-forwarding effect execution unit advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit at a speed different from the fast-forward of the previous story, so that, for example, the previous story is accelerated. If you prepare a specific story, and fast-forward and advance the specific story, as if you are fast-forwarding the previous-stage story by fast-forwarding at a slower speed than when you advance and advance the previous story Can be camouflaged. Also, for example, if you prepare a specific story with the previous story at a low speed and advance the specific story fast forward, you can fast forward the previous story by fast-forwarding it faster than when you advance the previous story forward. And can be camouflaged as if it were progressing.

Feature E13.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E1 to E12 of the present invention group,
The reach display is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story.

  According to the feature E13 of the present invention group, the reach display is set so that the expectation level of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation level of the preceding story. The more you make it, the higher the expectation of reach display. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the degree of attention to the player's fast-forward effect.

  According to the feature group E of the present invention, the player's attention to the game can be improved, and the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine provided with a variable display unit that displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner is known. The gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the operation port, and starts displaying a variation of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins a big win lottery, the game machine finally stops and displays a specific combination of pictures on the display device and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine performs reach display as an expected effect that causes the player to expect that the game state is shifted to the specific control state after starting the display of the variation of the pattern. This reach display has, for example, a plurality of stories that are continuous in time series, and performs an effect of fast-forwarding a part of these stories, thereby increasing the player's expectation.

  However, such fast-forwarding of a part of a story is fast and the content of the story is difficult to understand, so it is difficult for the player to judge the size of the expectation, and thus to the player's game There is a problem that the degree of attention may also decrease.

  As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine, 35 ... General winning opening, 36 ... Upper operating opening, 37 ... Lower operating opening, 38 ... Variable winning apparatus, 38a ... Large winning opening, 38b ... Opening / closing door, 38c ... Variable winning driving section, 39 ... Out Mouth, 40... Right side variable pitching mechanism, 51... Symbol display device, 60... Main control device, 62... MPU, 90.

Claims (4)

Fluctuation display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns, and reach display as an expected effect that causes the player to expect that the game state will be shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player with the fluctuation display means A game machine equipped with an expected performance execution means,
The reach indication is
It has multiple stories that are continuous in time series,
The expected production execution means
A story selection unit that selects one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story;
A pre-story selection unit for selecting a pre-story before the chronological order of the post-story,
A fast-forwarding effect execution unit for executing a fast-forwarding effect to advance at a normal speed by connecting to the subsequent-stage story after fast-forwarding the previous-stage story;
A gaming machine comprising: a story type notifying unit for notifying a player which story is progressing among the plurality of stories. In the gaming machine according to claim 1,
The expected production execution means
A gaming machine comprising a story progress notifying unit for notifying a player of the progress of the latter story. In the gaming machine according to claim 1 or claim 2,
The expected production execution means
A connection determination unit that determines whether or not to connect to the subsequent story after the previous story has been fast-forwarded and advanced,
When the connection determination unit determines that the fast-forward effect execution unit determines to connect to the subsequent story, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, and then connects to the subsequent story and proceeds at a normal speed. When the connection determination unit determines that the connection to the subsequent story is not established, the previous story is forward-forwarded and advanced, and then the previous story is maintained and advanced at a normal speed. A gaming machine. In the gaming machine according to claim 3,
Comprising an operating means for receiving input of information by being operated by a player;
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the connection determination unit determines that the player connects to the subsequent story when the operation means is operated by a player when the previous story is advanced and advanced.

Images